Prévia do material em texto
DRYPIX EDGE
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, mechani-
cal, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.
Copyright © 2018 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
FUJI MEDICAL DRY LASER IMAGER
Printed in Japan
Document No. 006-272-01E
First Edition Mar.16.2018
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
0.1
0.1006-272-01E
1. HANDLING THIS SERVICE MANUAL
1.1 About This Service Manual
n Scope
This Service Manual applies to the Fuji Medical Dry Imager DRYPIX EDGE.
n Notation of Unit Symbols
For notation of unit symbols, metric units set forth in the International Systems of Units
(SI) are used, as a rule. However, some metric units that are not allowed in the SI but
are permitted under the Measurement Law are partially used.
1.2 Service Manual Appropriations
1. All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service
personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore
proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILM's prior consent is required in regard to the following.
- Manual copying in whole or in part.
- Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
- Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
5. The contents of this manual are subject to changes for product improvement.
6. Accompanying documents were originally drafted in the English language.
1.3 About Notation in the Manual
n Notation of Cautions, Warning, etc.
The notation formats of "WARNING", "CAUTION", "INSTRUCTIONS", "NOTE",
"REMARKS" and "REFERENCE" are shown below.
WARNING
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in death or
serious injuries.
CAUTION
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in light or
moderate injuries, or serious malfunction (unrecoverable or difficult to recover)
of the equipment.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in damage to
the equipment, or other problems.
<NOTE>
Indicated where special attention is required during a work procedure.
<REMARKS>
Indicated where description of the term used or supplementary explanation is given.
n Indication of Refer To
The " " mark is used to indicate the chapter or section you should refer to.
Its format is as indicated below.
{MC:1_COVERS}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
0.2
0.2006-272-01E
1.4 Servicing Instruments and Tools That
Require Inspection/Calibration
The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing instruments and
tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate.
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not
been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the machine could not be
guaranteed.
Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are as listed below.
The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in accordance with the
specifications and instruction manuals of the applicable servicing instruments and
tools.
n Instruments and Tools That Require Inspection/Calibration
Name Inspection Calibration
Digital multimeter
Densitometer
Steel ruler (300 mm)
0.3
0.3
GENERAL CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTION
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
SAFETY PRECAUTION
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION ............................................. 1
1.1 General Precautions ........................................................................1
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation ..............................................3
2. LABELS .................................................................... 5
2.1 Laser Caution Labels ......................................................................5
2.2 Other Labels ....................................................................................6
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark .................................10
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label (USA Only) ........................................10
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION
EXPOSURE PREVENTION ...................................... 11
4. CLASSIFICATION ................................................... 13
0.4
0.4
GENERAL CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
SPECIFICATIONS
1. SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................... 1
1.1 Product Code ..................................................................................1
1.2 List of Optional Parts .......................................................................2
1.3 General Specifications ....................................................................2
1.4 Dimensions and Weight ..................................................................5
1.5 Environmental Requirements ..........................................................6
1.6 Electrical Requirements ..................................................................7
1.7 Equipment Installation Space ..........................................................8
1.7.1 Installation Space ........................................................................................8
1.7.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work ......................................................8
1.8 Disposing the Equipment ................................................................9
0.5
0.5
GENERAL CONTENTS DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT ..................................MD-1
1.1 Functions of Equipment ............................................................MD-1
1.2 System Configuration ...............................................................MD-1
1.3 Overall Configuration and Names of Parts ...............................MD-2
1.3.1 External View .......................................................................................MD-2
1.3.2 Operation Panel ...................................................................................MD-4
1.3.3 Layout of Units .....................................................................................MD-5
1.3.4 Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions.................................MD-6
1.3.5 Layout of Boards ................................................................................MD-14
2. STARTING UP ENDING THE EQUIPMENT .......MD-15
2.1 Power ON Operations ............................................................MD-15
2.2 Error Processing .....................................................................MD-16
2.3 Power OFF Operations ..........................................................MD-17
0.6
0.6
GENERAL CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD .......................... MT-1
2. ERROR CODE ..................................................... MT-2
2.1 Checking Error Codes .............................................................. MT-2
2.2 Format of Detailed Information ................................................ MT-3
2.2.1 FLH Related (Conveyance) Errors Detailed Information.......................MT-3
2.2.2 DEN Related (Internal Densitometer) Errors Detailed Information .......MT-6
2.2.3 ESN Related (Film Edge Sensor Related) Errors Detailed Information MT-6
2.2.4 DEV Related (Temperature Control Related) Errors Detailed Information ....
MT-7
3. ERROR CODE TABLE .......................................... MT-9
0.7
0.7
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS,
REPLACEMENTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS .............MC-1
1. COVERS ..............................................................MC-2
1.1 Upper RearCover ....................................................................MC-2
1.2 Middle Rear Cover ...................................................................MC-2
1.3 Lower Rear Cover ....................................................................MC-3
1.4 Upper Left Cover ......................................................................MC-3
1.5 Middle Left Cover .....................................................................MC-4
1.6 Lower Left Cover ......................................................................MC-5
1.7 Upper Right Cover ....................................................................MC-5
1.8 Middle Right Cover ...................................................................MC-6
1.9 Lower Right Cover ....................................................................MC-6
1.10 Upper Film Loading Unit Cover ................................................MC-7
1.11 Middle Film Loading Unit Cover ...............................................MC-7
1.12 Lower Film Loading Unit Cover ................................................MC-8
1.13 Upper Cover .............................................................................MC-8
1.14 Operation Panel .......................................................................MC-9
2. FRAME ..............................................................MC-10
2.1 Interlock Switch Assembly ......................................................MC-10
2.2 Interlock Switch (SK3/SK4) Assembly ....................................MC-12
3. FILM LOADING UNIT ........................................MC-13
3.1 Film Tray .................................................................................MC-13
3.2 Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit ..........................................................MC-15
3.2.1 When removing the removal unit/film loading unit temporarily...........MC-15
3.2.1 When replacing the removal unit/film loading unit with
the new assembly ..............................................................................MC-17
3.3 Tray Interlock Switch Assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32) ..............MC-19
3.4 Tray Lock Assembly ...............................................................MC-23
3.5 Squeezing Roller ....................................................................MC-24
3.6 Film detection sensor (SA13/SA23/SA33) .............................MC-25
3.7 Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor
Assembly (SA11/SA21/SA31) ................................................MC-26
3.8 Upper BCR Assembly (SA14) ................................................MC-27
3.9 Middle BCR Assembly (SA24) ................................................MC-28
3.10 Lower BCR Assembly (SA34) ................................................MC-29
4. REMOVAL UNIT ................................................MC-31
4.1 Removal Unit ..........................................................................MC-31
4.2 Suction Cup Arm ....................................................................MC-33
4.3 Suction Cup ............................................................................MC-34
4.4 Bellows ...................................................................................MC-35
4.5 Film Surface Detection Sensor (SB12/SB22/SB32) ...............MC-37
4.6 Film Removing Motor (MB11/MB21/MB31) ............................MC-38
4.7 Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB12/MB22/MB32) .........MC-39
4.8 Removal Drive Cam (Front side) ............................................MC-40
4.9 Suction Cup Arm HP Detection Sensor
(SB11/SB21/SB31) .................................................................MC-45
0.8
0.8
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
5. CONVEYOR UNIT .............................................MC-47
5.1 Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly .................................................MC-47
5.2 Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly ...............................MC-49
5.3 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower) ..........................................MC-50
5.4 Stopper Assembly ..................................................................MC-51
5.5 Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1) .....................................................MC-52
5.6 Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower) ..........................................MC-53
5.7 Film Edge Sensor (SD5) ........................................................MC-54
5.8 Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide ...............................MC-55
5.9 Upper conveyor unit drive transmission gear unit ..................MC-56
5.10 Conveyor Unit Turn Roller ......................................................MC-58
5.11 Film Conveyance Motor (MD1) ..............................................MC-59
5.12 Conveyance Gear ..................................................................MC-61
6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT ......................................MC-62
6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit ...............................MC-62
6.2 Flat belt (Front of the Machine) ..............................................MC-65
6.3 Sub-Scanning Unit Entrance Roller ........................................MC-67
6.4 Sub-Scanning Unit Exit Roller ................................................MC-69
6.5 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)/ME1-DRV Board ........................MC-71
6.5.1 Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................................MC-71
6.5.2 Adjusting when Replacing Sub-Scanning Motor ................................MC-73
6.6 Flat belt (Rear of the Machine) ...............................................MC-73
6.7 Flywheel .................................................................................MC-75
6.8 Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1) ...........................MC-76
7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ..........................................MC-77
7.1 Scanner Unit ...........................................................................MC-77
7.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................................MC-77
7.1.2 Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit....................................MC-78
8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT .............................MC-80
8.1 Film Cooling Section ..............................................................MC-80
8.2 Heat Development Rack Assembly ........................................MC-81
8.3 Heat Development Roller .......................................................MC-83
8.4 Thermal Protector ...................................................................MC-84
8.5 Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor (MG1) ................MC-86
8.6 Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide ................................MC-87
8.7 Cooling Fan ............................................................................MC-88
9. FILM RELEASE UNIT ........................................MC-89
9.1 Film Release Unit ...................................................................MC-89
9.2 LED28A Board ........................................................................MC-91
10. CONTROLLER ...................................................MC-92
10.1 PSU37A / PSU31C Board Assembly ......................................MC-92
10.2 PSU37A Board .......................................................................MC-94
10.3 PSU31C Board .......................................................................MC-95
10.4 CPR38A Board .......................................................................MC-96
10.5 SSD ........................................................................................MC-99
10.6 SND28B Board .....................................................................MC-100
10.7 SND38C Board .....................................................................MC-102
0.9
0.9
GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
10.8 HTD38A Board .....................................................................MC-103
10.9 Main PowerSwitch ...............................................................MC-105
11. Sorter .............................................................MC-106
11.1 Sorter/Top Cover for the Sorter ............................................MC-106
12. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE ....MC-110
12.1 Installing from the PC for Servicing ...................................... MC-111
12.1.1 Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing.........................MC-111
12.1.2 Upgrading the Version from the PC for Servicing ............................ MC-112
12.1.3 Full Installation from the PC for Servicing ........................................ MC-113
0.10
0.10
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
SERVICE MODE (MU)
1. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY) ...............................MU-1
1.1 U-Utility Menu Tree ...................................................................MU-1
1.2 Starting and Ending the U-Utility ..............................................MU-2
1.3 Details of U-Utility Commands .................................................MU-2
[1] AUTO F.D.C. .................................................................................MU-2
[2] Test Pattern ...................................................................................MU-3
[3] Unlock Tray ...................................................................................MU-3
[4] Set Counters .................................................................................MU-4
[5] Transiton Time ..............................................................................MU-4
[6] Volume ..........................................................................................MU-5
[6-1] Alarm ..................................................................................MU-5
[6-2] Key Touch Tone ..................................................................MU-5
[7] Automated F.D.C. ..........................................................................MU-5
[8] Set Date/Time ...............................................................................MU-5
[9] Check Version ...............................................................................MU-6
[10] Remaining Films ...........................................................................MU-6
[11] QC .................................................................................................MU-6
[11-1] QC Test Pattern ..................................................................MU-6
[11-2] History .................................................................................MU-7
[11-2-1] Built-in Densitometer/External Densitometer ...........MU-7
[11-2-2] Format .....................................................................MU-7
[11-2-3] Artifacts ....................................................................MU-7
[11-3] Settings ...............................................................................MU-8
[11-3-1] Built-in Densitometer ...............................................MU-8
[11-3-1-1] Auto ................................................................MU-8
[11-3-1-2] Manual ............................................................MU-8
[11-3-2] External Densitometer .............................................MU-8
[11-3-3] Format .....................................................................MU-9
[11-4] LUT .....................................................................................MU-9
[12] Mammo. QC ..................................................................................MU-9
2. M-UTILITY (MAINTENANCE UTILITY) .............MU-11
2.1 M-Utility Menu Tree ................................................................ MU-11
2.2 Starting and Ending the M-Utility ............................................MU-12
2.3 Details of M-Utility Commands ...............................................MU-13
[1] System Config. ............................................................................MU-13
[1-1] Set Tray ............................................................................MU-13
[1-2] Set ML Dmax ....................................................................MU-14
[2] Error Log .....................................................................................MU-14
[2-1] Display Error Log ..............................................................MU-14
[2-2] Error Log Clear .................................................................MU-14
[3] Network .......................................................................................MU-15
[3-1] Set TCP/IP ........................................................................MU-15
[3-1-1] IP Address ..............................................................MU-15
[3-1-2] SubNetMask ..........................................................MU-16
[3-1-3] Gateway .................................................................MU-16
[3-1-4] Mac Address .................................................MU-16
[3-2] Test Network .....................................................................MU-17
[4] Select Language .........................................................................MU-17
[5] Test Pattern .................................................................................MU-18
[5-1] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-18
[5-2] 17-Steps ...........................................................................MU-18
[5-3] Flat ....................................................................................MU-19
[5-4] Cleaning ............................................................................MU-19
[5-5] Grid ...................................................................................MU-20
[5-6] Film out to Sorter ..............................................................MU-20
[5-7] Uniformity ..........................................................................MU-21
[5-8] User Settable ....................................................................MU-21
[5-9] Spatial Resolution .............................................................MU-22
[6] F.D.C. ..........................................................................................MU-23
[6-1] Check Density ...................................................................MU-23
[6-2] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-23
[7] Remaining Films .........................................................................MU-24
[8] Check Mechanism ......................................................................MU-24
[8-1] Motor Operation ................................................................MU-24
[8-2] Other Actuators ......................................................MU-25
[8-3] Sensor Monitor .................................................................MU-25
[8-4] Barcode Test .....................................................................MU-27
[9] Heat-Developer ...........................................................................MU-28
0.11
0.11
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
[9-1] Temperature ......................................................................MU-28
[9-2] Fan Operation ...................................................................MU-28
[9-3] Power Supply Voltage .......................................................MU-28
3. PC-UTILITY ......................................................MU-29
3.1 Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing ...........................MU-29
3.1.1 Environment of PC for Servicing ........................................................MU-29
3.1.2 Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing ......................................MU-30
3.1.3 Creating the Data Storage Folder ......................................................MU-30
3.1.4 Settings in the Use of Windows 7 PC for Servicing...........................MU-31
3.2 Flow of PC-Utility Operations .................................................MU-36
3.2.1 Connecting PC for Servicing to the Network ......................................MU-36
3.2.2 Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility) .............................MU-37
3.2.3 PC-Utility Operations ..........................................................................MU-38
3.2.4 Disconnecting the Equipment ............................................................MU-43
3.3 PC-Utility Menu Tree ..............................................................MU-44
3.4 Details of PC-Utility Commands .............................................MU-48
[1] System information and setup ....................................................MU-48
[1-1] Setting1 .............................................................................MU-48
[1-1-1] Check Version ........................................................MU-48
[1-1-2] Input Serial No. ......................................................MU-48
[1-1-3] Set DICOM ............................................................MU-48
[1-1-3-1] AE Title .........................................................MU-48
[1-1-3-2] Fine PRT AE-title ..........................................MU-48
[1-1-3-3] Port No. ........................................................MU-49
[1-1-4] Set Network ...........................................................MU-49
[1-1-4-1] IP Address ....................................................MU-49
[1-1-4-2] Subnet Mask ................................................MU-49
[1-1-4-3] Gateway .......................................................MU-49
[1-1-4-4] Host Name ...................................................MU-50
[1-1-5] Display Mac Address .............................................MU-50
[1-1-6] Registration service pc ..........................................MU-50
[1-1-7] Set DJMode ...........................................................MU-50
[1-1-8] Set MJMode ...........................................................MU-50
[1-1-9] Dealer No. ..............................................................MU-50
[1-2] Setting2 .............................................................................MU-51
[1-2-1] Change of 10x14 Or 11x14 ....................................MU-51
[1-2-2] Set Rem.Films .......................................................MU-51
[1-2-3] Set Tray .................................................................MU-51
[1-2-4] Enable QC .............................................................MU-51
[1-2-5] Set Target Den. ......................................................MU-51
[1-2-6] Printing Dmax ........................................................MU-51
[1-2-7] Real Dmax on film .................................................MU-52
[1-2-8] Adjust Dmax ..........................................................MU-52
[1-2-9] Enable ManmoQC .................................................MU-52
[1-2-10] Check Counters .....................................................MU-52
[1-2-11] Clear Counters .......................................................MU-52
[1-2-12] Automated F.D.C. ..................................................MU-52
[1-2-13] Set Film infomation ................................................MU-52
[1-2-14] Display indv. data ...................................................MU-52
[1-3] Setting3 .............................................................................MU-53
[1-3-1] Set Date .................................................................MU-53
[1-3-2] Enable Sorter .........................................................MU-53
[1-3-3] Sorting by Film Size ...............................................MU-53
[1-3-4] Size Information .....................................................MU-53
[1-3-5] Reboot ...................................................................MU-54
[1-3-6] Power Supply Voltage ............................................MU-54
[1-3-7] Recognize position on 8x10(20x25) ......................MU-54
[1-3-8] Recognize position on 10x12(25x30) ....................MU-55
[1-3-9] Recognize position on 10x14/11x14(26x36/28x35) MU-55
Warning at system start .........................................MU-56
Enable 17-Steps Pattern ........................................MU-56
User Settable ON/OFF .......................................... MU-56
Enable Spatial Resolution ......................................MU-56
[1-3-10]
[1-3-11]
[1-3-12]
[1-3-13]
[1-3-14] Date Format ...........................................................MU-56
[1-4] Log data ............................................................................MU-57
[1-4-1] Display Error Log ...................................................MU-57
[1-4-2] Clear Error Log ......................................................MU-57
[1-4-3] Display DICOM Log ...............................................MU-57
[1-4-4] Logging Mode ........................................................MU-57
0.12
0.12
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
[2] Transfer Indv. Data ......................................................................MU-58
[3] Client Configuration ....................................................................MU-59
[3-1] Add Client .........................................................................MU-59
[3-2] Delete Client .....................................................................MU-60
[3-3] Change Client Name ........................................................MU-60
[3-4] Read CLTInfo ....................................................................MU-61
[3-5] Clients ...............................................................................MU-63
[3-5-1] Protocol ..................................................................MU-64
[3-5-1-1] Attribute list error (0107H Warning) ..............MU-64
[3-5-1-2] N Event Report RQ ......................................MU-64
[3-5-1-3] Attribute Value Out Of Range (0116H Warning) ......
MU-65
[3-5-1-4] Image Size Is Larger Than imagebox (B604H
Warning) .......................................................MU-65
[3-5-1-5] Change Film Size .........................................MU-65
[3-5-1-6] Use System Timeout ....................................MU-66
[3-5-1-7] Presentation LUT..........................................MU-66
[3-5-1-8] Use Max/Min Density ...................................MU-66
[3-5-1-9] Extension Format ID .....................................MU-67
[3-5-1-10] Use Default Annotation .................................MU-67
[3-5-1-11] Change Base Color (Disable:110H[F]) .........MU-67
[3-5-2] Magnify ..................................................................MU-68
[3-5-2-1] Smoothing Type............................................MU-68
[3-5-2-2] Default Requested Decimate/Crop Behavior MU-68
[3-5-2-3] Magnification Type........................................MU-69
[3-5-2-4] Requested Image Size .................................MU-69
[3-5-2-5] Default Magnification Type ...........................MU-70
[3-5-2-6] Default Smoothing Type ...............................MU-70
[3-5-2-7] Default Requested Image Size .....................MU-70
[3-5-2-8] Default Decimate/Crop Behavior ..................MU-70
[3-5-2-9] Procedure .....................................................MU-71
[3-5-2-10] Edge Detection .............................................MU-71
[3-5-2-11] Detection Level .............................................MU-71
[3-5-2-12] Sharpness ....................................................MU-71
[3-5-2-13] Character Color ............................................MU-72
[3-5-3] LUT Common .........................................................MU-72
[3-5-3-1] Default LUT ..................................................MU-72
[3-5-3-2] Illumination ...................................................MU-72
[3-5-3-3]Ambient Light ...............................................MU-73
[3-5-3-4] Configuration Information (Default LUT#) ....MU-73
[3-5-3-5] Default Illumination .......................................MU-73
[3-5-3-6] Default Ambient Light ...................................MU-73
[3-5-3-7] Procedure .....................................................MU-74
[3-5-4] LUT1 - LUT8 ..........................................................MU-74
[3-5-4-1] Max Density ..................................................MU-74
[3-5-4-2] Min Density ...................................................MU-74
[3-5-4-3] γ Table No.....................................................MU-75
[3-5-4-4] Contrast ........................................................MU-75
[3-5-4-5] Number of Tuning Points ..............................MU-75
[3-5-4-6] Density .........................................................MU-75
[3-5-4-7] Shift ..............................................................MU-76
[3-5-4-8] Contrast ........................................................MU-76
[3-5-5] Output Format ........................................................MU-76
[3-5-5-1] Film Size .......................................................MU-76
[3-5-5-2] Medium Type ................................................MU-76
[3-5-5-3] Film Orientation ............................................MU-77
[3-5-5-4] Border Density ..............................................MU-77
[3-5-5-5] Polarity .........................................................MU-77
[3-5-5-6] Trim ..............................................................MU-77
[3-5-5-7] Trim Width ....................................................MU-77
[3-5-5-8] Trim Density .................................................MU-78
[3-5-5-9] Number of Copies ........................................MU-78
[3-5-5-10] Film Destination ............................................MU-78
[3-5-5-11] Print Priority ..................................................MU-79
[3-5-5-12] Resolution ....................................................MU-79
[3-5-5-13] Default Number of Copies ............................MU-79
[3-5-5-14] Default Print Priority .....................................MU-80
[3-5-5-15] Default Medium Type....................................MU-80
[3-5-5-16] Default Film Destination ...............................MU-80
[3-5-5-17] Default Annotation Extend ............................MU-80
[3-5-5-18] Default Film Orientation ................................MU-81
[3-5-5-19] Default Film Size ..........................................MU-81
[3-5-5-20] Default Border Density .................................MU-81
[3-5-5-21] Default Trim ..................................................MU-81
0.13
0.13
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
[3-5-5-22] Requested Resolution ID .............................MU-82
[3-5-5-23] Default Polarity .............................................MU-82
[3-5-5-24] Mirror ............................................................MU-82
[3-5-5-25] Margin Between Image ................................MU-82
[3-5-5-26] Image Layout ................................................MU-83
[3-5-5-27] Processing Type ...........................................MU-83
[3-5-6] Annotation ..............................................................MU-84
[3-5-6-1] Annotation Size ............................................MU-84
[3-5-6-2] Annotation Font ............................................MU-84
[3-5-6-3] Annotation Extend ........................................MU-84
[3-6] Common ...........................................................................MU-85
[3-6-1] Data Transfer Timeout ...........................................MU-85
[3-6-2] Association Count ..................................................MU-85
[3-6-3] Logging DICOM .....................................................MU-85
[3-6-4] Model .....................................................................MU-86
[3-6-5] Manufacturer ..........................................................MU-86
[3-6-6] Default Client .........................................................MU-86
Save User Settable ................................................MU-87[3-6-7]
[3-6-8] Requested Dmax less than 3.6 ..............................MU-87
[3-7] Sarmaker ..........................................................................MU-87
[4] File Transfer ................................................................................MU-90
[4-1] Single file .........................................................................MU-90
[4-2] Analysis Data ....................................................................MU-90
[4-3] G-curve Data ....................................................................MU-90
[4-4] Operation Data .................................................................MU-90
[5] Upgrading ...................................................................................MU-91
[5-1] Full Install ..........................................................................MU-91
[5-2] Upgrading .........................................................................MU-91
[6] Output Film .................................................................................MU-92
[6-1] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-92
[6-2] 17-Steps ...........................................................................MU-92
[6-3] Cleaning Film ....................................................................MU-92
[6-4] Flat pattern ........................................................................MU-92
[6-5] Grid ...................................................................................MU-92
[6-6] Film out to Sorter ..............................................................MU-92
[6-7] Uniformity ..........................................................................MU-92
[6-8] Low Density Check Pattern ..............................................MU-93
[6-9] Sharpness Pattern ............................................................MU-93
[6-10] Sharpness Pattern [x2] .....................................................MU-93
[6-11] Scanner Diag. Pattern ......................................................MU-93
[6-12] Special Resolution ............................................................MU-93
[6-13] User Settable ....................................................................MU-93
[6-14] SMPTE .............................................................................MU-93
[7] F.D.C. ..........................................................................................MU-93
[7-1] AUTO F.D.C. .....................................................................MU-93
[7-2] Check Density ...................................................................MU-94
[7-3] 24-Steps ...........................................................................MU-94
[7-4] Display 24-Steps ...............................................................MU-94
[7-5] Manual F.D.C. ...................................................................MU-94
[7-6] Set Collect.T. .....................................................................MU-94
[7-7] Clear Collect.T. .................................................................MU-94
[7-8] Uniformity ..........................................................................MU-95
[7-8-1] Clear ......................................................................MU-95
[7-8-2] Manual Input ..........................................................MU-95
[7-9] Check Internal densitometer .............................................MU-95
[7-10] DM Sensor Monitor ...........................................................MU-95
[8] Check Scanner ...........................................................................MU-96
[8-1] Adjusting Main Scanner ....................................................MU-96[8-1-1] Scanning Width ......................................................MU-96
[8-1-2] Scanning Position ..................................................MU-97
[8-1-3] Initialize Scanner ...................................................MU-97
[8-2] Edge Sensor Monitor ........................................................MU-97
[8-3] Reset Scanner Data .........................................................MU-97
[8-4] Polygonal Motor ................................................................MU-98
[8-5] LD .....................................................................................MU-98
[8-6] Initial Check ......................................................................MU-98
[8-7] Prn Board Test ..................................................................MU-98
[9] Heat-Developer ...........................................................................MU-99
[9-1] Temperature ......................................................................MU-99
[9-2] Heating .............................................................................MU-99
[9-3] Fan Operation ...................................................................MU-99
[9-4] Temp. Control ...................................................................MU-99
[9-5] Set Heater Temp. (on each unit) .......................................MU-99
[10] Check Mechanism ....................................................................MU-100
0.14
0.14
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
[10-1] Film Removing ................................................................MU-100
[10-2] Motor Ope. ......................................................................MU-100
[10-3] Adjusting Sub Scanner ...................................................MU-100
[10-4] Grip .................................................................................MU-101
[10-5] Other Actuator .................................................................MU-101
[10-6] Sensor Monitor ...............................................................MU-101
[10-7] Convey ............................................................................MU-101
[10-8] Barcode Reader ..............................................................MU-101
[10-9] Inter Lock Check .............................................................MU-102
3.5 Setting Annotation Logo Image ............................................MU-103
Appendix1.Maximum Image Size and Maximum Recording Size of logo
image ....................................................................................MU-104
Appendix2.Enlargement/reduction process of logo image................MU-105
Appendix3.Windows7 (64bit) / Windows 8 (32bit/64bit) Operation (service
PC) .......................................................................................MU-106
0.15
0.15
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
006-272-01E DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
How to Use Service Parts List .................................SP-1
01A COVER 1 ...........................................................SP-2
01B COVER 2 ...........................................................SP-3
01C COVER 3 ...........................................................SP-4
02A FRAME 1 ...........................................................SP-5
02B FRAME 2 ...........................................................SP-6
03A FILM LOADING UNIT 1 .....................................SP-7
03B FILM LOADING UNIT 2 .....................................SP-8
04A REMOVAL UNIT 1 .............................................SP-9
04B REMOVAL UNIT 2 ...........................................SP-10
04C REMOVAL UNIT 3 ...........................................SP-11
05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1 .........................................SP-12
05B CONVEYOR UNIT 2 .........................................SP-13
05C CONVEYOR UNIT 3 .........................................SP-14
05D CONVEYOR UNIT 4 .........................................SP-15
05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5 .........................................SP-16
06A SUB-SCANNING UNIT 1 ..................................SP-17
06B SUB-SCANNING UNIT 2 ..................................SP-18
07 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT ...............................SP-19
08A HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1 ........................SP-20
08B HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 ........................SP-21
08C HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3 ........................SP-22
08D HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 ........................SP-23
08A FILM RELEASE UNIT 1 ...................................SP-24
08B FILM RELEASE UNIT 2 ...................................SP-25
10 CONTROLLER .................................................SP-26
11A SORTER 1 .......................................................SP-27
11B SORTER 2 .......................................................SP-28
11C SORTER 3 .......................................................SP-29
12 JIG ..................................................................SP-30
13 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .........................................SP-31
14 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE .........................SP-35
0.16
0.16
GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)
006-272-01E DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
15 List of Service Parts for Securing
and Wiring .......................................................SP-37
0.17
0.17
GENERAL CONTENTS PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS ................ PM-1
1.1 How to Use the Preventive Maintenance Volume ....................PM-1
1.2 Notation of Age .........................................................................PM-1
1.3 Preventive Maintenance Program List .....................................PM-2
1.3.1 Maintenance Program at the Age of 1, 2, 4, and 5 Years .................... PM-3
1.3.2 Maintenance Program at the Age of 3 Years........................................ PM-3
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW ................. PM-4
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ............................ PM-5
3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs .............................PM-5
3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images ...................PM-6
3.3 Checking the Interlock Function ...............................................PM-7
3.4 Checking the Fan Operation ....................................................PM-8
3.5 Checking the Tray Periphery ....................................................PM-9
3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller (Option), Removing the
Cover ......................................................................................PM-10
3.7 Cleaning/Replacing the Air Filter ............................................ PM-11
3.8 Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment ..PM-12
3.9 Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, Cleaning Sub-scanning
Conveyance Roller .................................................................PM-13
3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section ..........................PM-15
3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit .....................................PM-16
3.12 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers .................................................PM-17
3.13 Final Operation Checks/Checking Images .............................PM-18
3.14 Setting Date and Time ............................................................PM-19
3.15 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding .........................PM-20
3.16 Replacing the Cutter ...............................................................PM-21
3.17 Work Completion Report ........................................................PM-22
0.18
0.18
GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
INSTALLATION (IN)
1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ............................. IN-1
2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW .................... IN-2
3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION .......................... IN-5
3.1 Precautions onInstallation .........................................................IN-5
3.2 Preparing the PC for Servicing ...................................................IN-7
3.3 Embedding Anchor Nuts .............................................................IN-8
4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION .............................. IN-9
4.1 Unpacking and Unloading ..........................................................IN-9
4.2 Carrying ....................................................................................IN-12
4.3 Unpacking and Unloading ........................................................IN-12
4.4 Checking Components .............................................................IN-13
5. REMOVING SHIPPING FIXTURES
AND INSTALLING OPTIONS .............................. IN-15
5.1 Removing Shipping Fixtures ....................................................IN-15
5.1.1 Removing the Tapes ............................................................................ IN-15
5.1.2 Removing the Shipping Fixture Bracket ............................................... IN-16
5.2 Relocating the Short Connector for the Heater ........................IN-19
5.3 Installing the Sorter (Option) ....................................................IN-19
5.4 Using 11 x 14 Size Film (China Only) .......................................IN-27
5.5 Installing the Cleaning Roller (Option) ......................................IN-28
5.6 Installing the Covers .................................................................IN-28
5.7 Applying the Label (Class 3B Panel Label) ..............................IN-29
6. CONNECTING CABLES AND TURNING POWER ON ..
IN-30
6.1 Connecting the Network Cable .................................................IN-30
6.2 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network ......................IN-31
6.3 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking the Resistance ....IN-31
6.4 Power ON .................................................................................IN-33
7. CHANGING TRAY SIZE ..................................... IN-34
7.1 Pulling Out the Film Tray ..........................................................IN-34
7.2 Changing the Film Size ............................................................IN-34
7.2.1 Changing the Film Tray Size ................................................................ IN-35
7.2.2 Affixing the Film Size Label .................................................................. IN-36
7.2.3 Switching the Barcode Reader............................................................. IN-37
8. SETTINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT ....................... IN-39
8.1 Creating the Data Storage Folder ............................................IN-39
8.2 Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility) ...................IN-40
8.3 System Settings .......................................................................IN-41
8.3.1 Setting 1 ............................................................................................... IN-41
8.3.2 Setting 2 ............................................................................................... IN-44
8.3.3 Setting 3 ............................................................................................... IN-45
8.4 Rebooting the Equipment .........................................................IN-47
8.5 Client Settings ..........................................................................IN-47
9. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS ............ IN-51
9.1 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance
Operations ................................................................................IN-51
0.19
0.19
GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
9.2 Checking Density .....................................................................IN-52
9.3 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness
and Scratches ..........................................................................IN-52
9.4 Checking the Interlock Function ...............................................IN-53
9.4.1 Checking the Front Cover, Upper Right Cover,
Middle Right Cover and Lower Right Cover Interlock ......................... IN-54
9.4.2 Checking the Film Tray Interlock .......................................................... IN-55
9.4.3 Checking the Sorter Right Cover Interlock ........................................... IN-55
9.5 Checking Fan Operation ..........................................................IN-56
9.5.1 Checking the Power Supply Unit Cooling Fan ..................................... IN-56
9.5.2 Checking the Heat Development Unit Cooling Fan.............................. IN-56
9.6 Image QC Function ..................................................................IN-56
9.7 Power OFF ...............................................................................IN-57
10. CHECKING CONNECTION ................................. IN-58
10.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment .................................IN-58
10.2 Checking Film Output and Images from
Connected Equipment ..............................................................IN-58
10.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment .............................IN-58
11. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT ......................... IN-59
11.1 Backing Up Individual Data ......................................................IN-59
11.2 Checking Error Logs Which Occur at Installation .....................IN-59
11.3 Installing the Equipment ...........................................................IN-60
11.3.1 Installing the Equipment on the Floor without Using Fall Prevention
Fixtures ................................................................................................ IN-60
11.3.2 Installing the Equipment and Securing
with Fall Prevention Fixtures ................................................................ IN-60
11.4 Cleaning the Equipment ...........................................................IN-61
APPENDIX 1. ........... SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM
SIZE ................................................................... IN-62
APPENDIX 2. .........................ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE
GROUNDING ...................................................... IN-63
0.20
0.20
GENERAL CONTENTS PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)
INSTALLATION OF THE DRYPIX 8000 - Checklist ....PC-1
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
SAFETY PRECAUTION
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1006-272-01E
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION
To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.
1.1 General Precautions
WARNING
No modification of this equipment is allowed.
Power Supply
• Be sure to turn OFF the power of the main power switch and switch board before
starting operation. Starting operations with the power ON may result in electric
shock, fire hazards, or machine malfunction. Some parts are not fully discharged
and other parts (e.g. heater) remain heated immediately after power OFF. Be
careful not to touch such parts. When performing steps (e.g. voltage measurement)
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, observe the instructions set forth in
this manual and operate with care to avoid electric shock and other hazards.
• When restarting the machine, turn OFF the power, wait for more than 10 seconds,
and then turn it ON. If the interval from power OFF to ON is too short, the machine
may not be properly started.
• Do not connect any unspecified devide.
• In an emergency disconnect the power plug or the inlet Ensure sufficient space
around the power plug or the inlet.
Ventilation of Installation Site
The ventilation of the equipment and film is accompanied by a slight smell. Be sure to
ventilate the room during and after operation.
Drive Section Inspection
To avoid accidents,be sure to turn OFF the power before initiating inspection or
adjustment procedures. When performing an inspection or adjustment procedure
that cannot be completed with the power OFF, operate carefully while observing the
instructions set forth in this manual.
Safety Devices
Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels,
covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing
such modifications which may impair the safety device functions.
Heavy Weights
• When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a
hoisting or other appropriate device. Weights above 20 kg must be lifted by more
than two persons.
• The weight of this equipment is approximately 125kg. Take the following precautions
when moving the equipment, etc.
• To prevent injuries resulting in back pain, pay attention to your posture during
the work.
• Be careful not to drop the equipment as this may cause serious injuries.
Optical Parts Handling Precautions
When handling any optical parts, observe the following precautions. Failure to observe
these precautions may result in a deterioration in image quality.
• Never touch the surfaces of optical parts.
• When removing dirt from optical parts, use the specified procedure only.
• Scanning optics unit removal must be carried out in a clean environment. Also do
not remove the scanning optics unit protective housing.
Heat Development Unit Handling Precautions
A heater is used for the rack. Touching it during operations may result in burns. Turn
the power OFF and wait until the heater temperature drops before handling the unit.
Grounding
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and
additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining
screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for
servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the
parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the
procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are
securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2006-272-01E
Other General Precautions
• When servicing the board for maintenance, be sure to wear a wrist band to ground
yourself. Failure to do so may result in damage of electronic components on the
board due to static electricity from your body.
• Do not stain or peel off the product nameplates, labels of safety standards, or
product No. indications attached on the machine, and do not attach other labels
over them.
• After completion of operation, return the protective enclosure, fixing screws, and
other removed components to the original positions and fix fully.
Interlock Release Tool
To operate the equipment with the front cover, upper right cover, middle right cover, or
lower right cover opened, use the special tool provided with this equipment to release
the interlock. To avoid danger, do not touch rotating parts. Also take precautions
against getting your hands, feet, hair, and clothes caught by the equipment.
The equipment does not have an interlock release jig. Purchase the interlock release
tool as a service part.
PP80_B0001E.ai
Jig
(for Front Cover)
Jig
(for Upper right cover)
Jig
(For Middle right cover,
Lower right cover)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3006-272-01E
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation
As indicated in the Certification and Identification Label attached on the upper left
cover of the machine, this is the machine of Class 1, which complies with the “Laser
Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1 and IEC 60601-2-22; Guidance for
Industry and FDA staff (Laser Notice No. 50)” and “EN60825-1 (Amendment 2)”.
The image recorder incorporates a laser (Class 3B, semiconductor laser wavelength
of 658 nm, red visible light) with a maximum output of 70 mW, but you will not be
exposed to any hazard if you perform tasks as instructed in the service manual.
How to Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
To avoid laser radiation exposure, observe the following precautions.
Steps Requiring Precautions Against Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing the following procedures, thoroughly comply with the instructions set
forth in this manual to avoid laser radiation exposure.
• Removing the scanning optics unit and accomplishing its reassembly
• Replacing or cleaning the components of the conveyor unit , entrance of the heat
development unit or the sub scanning unit
After completion of the above procedures, restore the removed protective housing
and retaining screws to their original states to prevent the laser beam from leaking out
from the equipment.
Periodical Maintenance for Keeping Equipment Conditions Compliant
with Standards
To keep the equipment compliant with the laser safety requirements, perform the
preventive maintenance programs at specified intervals (See “Preventive Maintenance
(PM)” Volume.)
Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure
When performing installation procedures, observe the following precautions to avoid
laser radiation exposure.
• Do not attempt to perform any steps other than those stated in this manual because
laser radiation exposure may result.
• Do not position a mirror or other reflective article in the laser beam optical path.
• Do not change the laser beam optical path.
• Optical axis adjustments must not be made in the field. Although the semiconductor
laser beam is visible red light, no one is allowed to make optical axis adjustments in
the field.
Laser Output Circuit Interlock
An interlock function for preventing laser exposure is provided for this equipment. (The
laser output is turned OFF when the front cover, upper right cover, or lower right cover
is opened.)
Before turning ON the power switch with the front cover, upper right cover, or lower
right cover opened, be sure to release the interlock with the special tool provided.
To Open Front Cover and Upper Right Cover
PP80_B0002E.ai
JigJigRight upper cover
Front Cover
To Open Front Cover
PP80_B0003J.ai
Front cover
Jig
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4006-272-01E
To Open Upper Right Cover
PP80_B0004E.ai
Upper right cover
Jig
To Open Middle Right Cover
PP80_B0005E.ai
Middle right cover
To Open Lower Right Cover
PP80_B0006E.ai
Lower right cover
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5006-272-01E
2. LABELS
CAUTION
When checking the content of a label, move close to the label within a distance
of 50 cm (19.7 in).
2.1 Laser Caution Labels
Locations of Laser Caution Labels
The following illustrates the locations of the protective housing and laser caution labels
specified in “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1 and IEC 60601-2-22;
Guidance for Industry and FDA staff (Laser Notice No. 50)” and “EN60825-1
(Amendment 2)”.
PP80_B0007E.ai
class 3B panel label #2
PP80_B0008E.ai
class 3B panel label #1
HHS certification and
identification label
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6006-272-01E
List of Laser Caution Labels
HHS Certification and Identification Label
PP80_B0010.ai
PP80_B0009.ai
This equipment is a Class 1 laser product (IEC 60825-1:2007 / EN60825-
1:2007).
Class 3B Panel Label #1
DRY60_B0008.ai
Class 3B Panel Label #2
DRY60_B0010.ai
2.2 Other Labels
Locations of Other Labels
PP80_B0011E.ai
Caution label
Rating label
Caution label
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7006-272-01E
High Temperature caution label
PP80_B0012E.ai
PP80_B0013E.ai
High temperature
caution label
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8006-272-01E
List of Labels
Rating Information Label
PP80_B0014E.ai
networkcable connection and power cable connection
• Caution Label (Inlet)
DRY60_B0017E.ai
The power cord provided by our official dealer should be used.
Connect in accordance with the IEC 60601-1-1 when connecting.
• Caution Label (LAN connector)
DRY60_B0017E.ai
Do not connect a telephone wire to the LAN connector.
Always use a LAN cable recommended under the IEC60950/UL60950 standard.
Connect in accordance with the IEC 60601-1-1 when connecting.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9006-272-01E
Power Cable
CAUTION
• Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.
• Using the cables not corresponding to the conditions below may cause an
electric shock or a fire.
m For U.S. and Canada
• Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor
• Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher
• Rated amperage: minimum 15 A
• Cable Type: SJT
• Cable length: 3 m or less
m For U.S. Only
• Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1
• UL-listed detachable power supply cable
• Hospital Grade Plug
m For Canada Only
• Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21.
If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42.
• Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.
m For Europe
• Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1
• Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed
• Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor
• Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher
• Rated amperage: 6 A
• Cable type: H05VV-F
• Cable length: 3 m or less
LAN Connector
Do not connect telephone lines to the network cable connector of this equipment.
Only UTP type straight LAN cable of category 5E or more are suitable for
connection to this connector.
High Temperature Caution Label
Be aware that the temperature may be high in the area where the following label is
affixed.
DRY60_B0016.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10006-272-01E
2.3 Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark
PP80_B0015E.ai
Earth mark
Earth Mark (Imprint)
DRY60_B0019.ai
2.4 Power Cable Caution Label (USA Only)
Power Cable Caution Label (Only Hospital Grade Power Cable for U.S.A.)
DRY60_B0020E.ai
Power cable
caution label
DRY60_B0021E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11006-272-01E
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR
LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE
PREVENTION
Even if the protective housing is removed for servicing purpose, the laser beam will
not possibly leak out of the equipment unless its optical path is intentionally changed.
However, if the optical path is inadvertently changed during optical system installation,
the service engineer or other persons near the equipment may be exposed to laser
radiation.
Optical system related installation procedures must be carefully performed while
observing the instructions set forth in this manual. After completion of installation,
thoroughly restore the removed protective housing to its original state.
Protective Housing of Equipment
The following shows laser exposure protective housing parts of the equipment.
PP80_B0016E.ai
Front cover
Right Upper cover
Right middle cover
Right lower cover
Top cover
PP80_B0017E.ai
背面上カバー
FRONT
Upper left cover
Middle left cover
Lower left cover
Upper rear cover
Middle rear cover
Lower rear cover
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12006-272-01E
Protective Housing of Scanning Optics Unit
CAUTION
Never remove the upper cover of scanning optics unit.
DRY60_B0024E.ai
Upper cover
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13006-272-01E
4. CLASSIFICATION
1) According to the type of protection against electrical shock
CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT
2) According to the degree of protection against electrical shock
NO APPLIED PART
3) Protection against harmful ingress of water or particulate matter
IP00
4) According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of
a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous
oxide.
Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetics
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
5) According to the mode of operation
CONTINUOUS OPERATION
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-1
SPECIFICATIONS-1006-272-01E
1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Product Code
Product Code Contents Remarks
DRYPIX EDGE 3T 6BH E Main unit Made in FC.
Tray setting (Upper): 35 x 43
cm size
Tray setting (Middle): 26 x 36
cm size
Tray setting (Lower): 20 x 25
cm size
Machine data CD: 1 CD-R (Machine data, Scanner
Data)
Application Software CD: 1
Reference Guide /Quality
Control Function /Quality Con-
trol for Mammography CD: 1
English
Operation Manual: 1 English
DICOM protocol
DRYPIX EDGE 3T 6BH CN E Main unit For China only.
Made in FC.
Tray setting (Upper): 35 x 43
cm size
Tray setting (Middle): 26 x 36
cm size
Tray setting (Lower): 20 x 25
cm size
Machine data CD: 1 CD-R (Machine data, Scanner
Data)
Application Software CD: 1
Reference Guide CD: 1
DICOM protocol
Product Code Contents Remarks
DRYPIX EDGE 3T 6BH == E Main unit Made in Japan.
Tray setting (Upper): 35 x 43
cm size
Tray setting (Middle): 26 x 36
cm size
Tray setting (Lower): 20 x 25
cm size
Machine data CD: 1 CD-R (Machine data, Scanner
Data)
Application Software CD: 1
Reference Guide /Quality
Control Function /Quality Con-
trol for Mammography CD: 1
English
Operation Manual: 1 English
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-2
SPECIFICATIONS-2006-272-01E
1.2 List of Optional Parts
<NOTE>
The following List of Components enumerate items required for each
configuration, so they do not correspond to units (quantities) of orders or
packages.
Use the product codes (Product Code) indicated only as a reference for
unpacking and follow the order lists provided separately when placing orders.
List of Options for DRYPIX 8000
Product Code Product Remarks
DPX PRIMA CLEANING
ROLLER E
Cleaning roller -
DPX SMART FLOOR FIX KIT : E Fall prevention fixture kit For earthquake-proof fixing
DPX SMART FLOOR FIX KIT : = E Fall prevention fixture kit - Shipment from Japan
- For earthquake-proof fixing
DPX 8000 SRT E Sorter DRYPIX EDGE only.
1.3 General Specifications
Recording Method
Laser exposure heat development method
Laser Light Source
Red semiconductor source (Class 3B, Wavelength: 658 nm, Maximum output:
70mW) x1
First Printing Time
Approximately 85 seconds (35 x 43 cm size, when printing from tray 1)
Processing Ability
35 x 43 cm size: Approx. 110 films/hour
35 x 35 cm size: Approx. 125 films/hour
28 x 35 cm size: Approx. 160 films/hour
26 x 36 cm size: Approx. 160 films/hour
25 x 30 cm size: Approx. 160 films/hour
20 x 25 cm size: Approx. 160 films/hour
Start-up Time
Approx. 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 ˚C)
Approx. 10 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 ˚C/ power saving mode)
Image Quality
Exposure Resolution
14 bits
Maximum Density (Dmax)
DI-HL: 3.0
DI-ML: 4.0
Recording Pixel Size
50 µm (508dpi) / 100 µm (254dpi)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-3
SPECIFICATIONS-3006-272-01E
Maximum Number of Recording Pixels
When recorded in 100μ
35 × 43cm (14"×17"):3520x4280
35 × 35cm (14”×14”):3520x3520
28 × 35cm (11”×14”):2770x3520
26 × 36cm (10”×14”):2540x3600
25 × 30cm (10"×12"):2506x3016
20 × 25cm (8"×10"):2000x2510
When recorded in 50μ
35 × 43cm (14"×17"):7040x8560
35 × 35cm (14”×14”):7040x7040
28 × 35cm (11”×14”):5540x7040
26 × 36cm (10”×14”):7200x5080
25 × 30cm (10"×12"):6032x501220 × 25cm (8"×10"):4000x5020
Image Compression Rate
100 ±0.5%
Curl After Processing
Floating from Shaukasten below 20 mm
Film
Applicable Types
DI-HL (Blue base/ 35 x 43, 35 x 35, 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25, 28 x 35(China only)
cm size)
DI-ML (Blue base/ 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25 cm size)
DI-HLc (Clear base/ 35 x 43, 35 x 35, 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25 cm size)
Applicable Film Size/Number of Sheets in One Pack
35 x 43, 35 x 35 cm sizes : 101 sheets (including one sheet for reducing
dusts)
28 x 35(China only), 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25 cm sizes :
151 sheets (including one sheet for reducing
dusts)
Number of Supplies
• Three supplies
• Three film sizes can be used
• Film tray size setting is service setting
Loading Method
Daylight conditions loading
Maximum Ejected Film Capacity
- Tray 1 to 3: 150 films
- Sorter: 30 films
Input I/F
DICOM Network input only
Network Connection Interface
- 10Base-T, 100Base-TX
- Half duplex / Full duplex (Auto-Negotiation)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-4
SPECIFICATIONS-4006-272-01E
DICOM Connection Specifications
DICOM Protocol
Direct connection
Supported DICOM Services
• Verification SOP Class
• Basic GrayScale Print Management Meta SOP Class
• Print Job SOP Class
• Basic Annotation Box SOP Class
• Queue Management SOP Class
• User Preference LUT SOP Class
Number of Connectable Units
Maximum 64 (client) can be registered
Number of Simultaneous Connection Associations
Maximum 10
Number of Allowable Film Boxes in One Session
32
Maximum Input Image Size
Rows: 8800, Columns: 8800
Image Processing
Interpolation
SSM interpolation, A-VR interpolation (Can be switched automatically for each AE
Title by Configuration settings)
Tone Processing
BAR method, SAR method (Can be switched automatically for each AE Title by
Configuration settings)
Format
Standard Format (for all film sizes)
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35, 36, 40, 42, 48, 49, 54,
56, 60, 63, 64, 70, 72, 80
Mixed Format
35 x 43 cm size portrait mix: six types
35 x 35 cm size portrait mix: five types
28 x 35 cm size portrait mix: one type
28 x 35 cm size landscape mix: four types
26 x 36 cm size portrait mix: one type
26 x 36 cm size landscape mix: four types
25 x 30 cm size portrait mix: one type
25 x 30 cm size landscape mix: four types
20 x 25 cm size portrait mix: one type
20 x 25 cm size landscape mix: four types
Image Spooling
Received image data is spooled in the mass storage until completion of printing.
Image spool amount: 200 images (35 x 43 cm size)
Density Correction
Automatic density calibration function embedded
Annotation
Provided
Noise
Printing : 50dB or less (except singly sound)
Ready : 45dB or less
Earthquake Measures
Fall prevention fixture kit (Optional mounting accessory kit)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-5
SPECIFICATIONS-5006-272-01E
1.4 Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions
Without Sorter
610mm x 630mm x 1,125mm (W x D x H)
610
610630
(Unit : mm)
1,125
630
PP80_C0001E.ai
With Sorter
610 mm x 630 mm x 1,425 mm (W x D x H)
(Unit : mm)
PP80_C0002E.ai
610
610630
1,425
630
Weight
Approx. 125 kg (Main unit only)
Approx. 135 kg (with sorter)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-6
SPECIFICATIONS-6006-272-01E
1.5 Environmental Requirements
Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure
Operating
Temperature : 15 ˚C (40%RH) to 30 ˚C (70%RH)
Relative humidity : 15%RH (30 ˚C) to 70%RH (30 ˚C) (No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 750 to 1060 hPa
DRY60_C0001.ai
[˚C]
[%]
5 10
10
15
15 20
20
25 30
30
40
50
60
70
R
el
at
iv
e
hu
m
id
ity
Temperature
Non-operating (not including film)
Temperature : 0 to 45 ˚C (No freezing)
Relative humidity : 10 to 90%RH (No dew condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
Transit or Storage
Temperature/Relative humidity : -10 (10%RH) to 50 ˚C (90%RH)
(No freezing/No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
Exhaust Air of Equipment
Maximum Exhaust Air in Standby State
31.3 m3/hour
Maximum Exhaust Air in Printing
63 m3/hour
Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement
Frequency : 10 to 55 Hz
Amplitude : 0.0075 mm or less
Floor Levelness
10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around
Floor Flatness
10 mm or less
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-7
SPECIFICATIONS-7006-272-01E
1.6 Electrical Requirements
Frequency
50-60 Hz
Acceptable variation: ±3%
Line Voltage
<REMARKS>
The mark “~ ” means AC power supply.
100 to 240 V~
Acceptable variation: ±10%
Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines)
Capacity
1.5 kVA
Rated Current
100/110/120/200/220/230/240 V~ :10.6 / 11.2 / 12 / 5.3 / 5.6 / 5.9 / 6 A
Power Consumption
Maximum 1.5 kW
Electric Energy
Printing : Approx. 350 Wh
Ready : Approx. 150 Wh
Power saving mode : Approx. 90 Wh
Maximum Heat Generation
Printing : Approx. 1,300 kJ
Ready : Approx. 550 kJ
Grounding Resistance
Class D (100 Ω or less)
Overload Protection
100/110/120 V~ : 15 A
200/220/230/240 V~ : 10 A
Power Cable
CAUTION
• Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.
• Using the cables not corresponding to the conditions below may cause an
electric shock or a fire.
For U.S. and Canada
• Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor
• Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher
• Rated amperage: minimum 15 A
• Cable Type: SJT
• Cable length: 3 m or less
For U.S. Only
• Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1
• UL-listed detachable power supply cable
• Hospital Grade Plug
For Canada Only
• Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21.
If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42.
• Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.
For Europe
• Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1
• Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed
• Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor
• Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher
• Rated amperage: 6 A
• Cable type: H05VV-F
• Cable length: 3 m or less
Network Cable
{IN:6.1_Connecting Network Cable}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-8
SPECIFICATIONS-8006-272-01E
1.7 Equipment Installation Space
1.7.1 Installation Space
When Not Fixed with Fixtures
Front: More than 800 mm
Rear: More than 50 mm
Left: More than 50 mm
Right: More than 200 mm
When Fixed with Fixtures
Front: More than 800 mm
Rear: More than 80 mm
Left: More than 80 mm
Right: More than 200 mm
1.7.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work
When Not Fixed with Fixtures
Front: More than 1,000 mm
Rear: More than 600 mm
Left: More than 800 mm
Right: More than 800 mm
When Fixed with Fixtures
Front: More than 1,000 mm
Rear: More than 80 mm
Left: More than 250 mm
Right: More than 250 mm
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-9
SPECIFICATIONS-9006-272-01E
1.8 Disposing the Equipment
When disposing the equipment, remove the CPR board first. Be sure to return the
removed CPR board to the Service Parts Center.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-10
SPECIFICATIONS-10006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS-11
SPECIFICATIONS-11006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-1
MD-1006-272-01E
1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT
1.1 Functions of Equipment
n Outline of Equipment
• This equipmet is a network printer dedicated to DICOM protocol, and adopts the
laser exposure heat development method.
• Film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 35 x 35 cm, 28 x 35 cm (China Only (*1)), 26 x 36 cm, 25 x
30 cm and 20 x 25 cm can be used.
• It has a processing ability of 110 sheets/hour for 35 x 43 cm size film, 35 x 35 cm
size film, 160 sheets/hour for 28 x 35(*1), 26 x 36, 20 x 25 and 25 x 30 cm size
film.
• The machine supports three film supplies.
• By mounting the optional sorter unit (3 bin) and using it with the ejection film tray on
the equipment, 4-bin film sorting is possible.
• Films can be loaded with the film tray set in the equipment in a completely bright
room.
• The equipment has an automatic density measurement function which automatically
outputs image patterns required for density measurement and measures density.
• Power consumption of the equipment can be saved by setting the power saving
mode.
• The following DICOM protocols are supported.
• Verification SOP Class
• Basic Grayscale Print Management SOP Class
• Print Job SOP Class
• Basic Annotation Box SOP Class
• Print Queue Management SOP Class
• Presentation LUT SOP Class
• Perform various settings of this equipment using the externally connected PC for
servicing.
*1: The 28x35cm size is supported only by software version V1.6 or later.
When the 11×14 size film is used on the equipment before #46523761, purchase
a tray (option) and an 11×14 film size label (service part) to be attached to the tray.
For the equipment after #46523762, purchase only a film size label.
1.2 System Configuration
DRY80_D0024E.ai
DRYPIX EDGE
Console Advance
(DR-ID 300CL)
PRIMA T2
(CR-IR 392)
CT or MRI
(Modality)
Network Configuration
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-2
MD-2006-272-01E
1.3 Overall Configuration and Names of Parts
1.3.1 External View
n Front View/Right View
DRY80_D0008E.ai
Upper cover
Operation panel
Front cover
Upper film
loading unit cover
Film tray 1
Lower film loading
unit cover
Upper right
cover
Lower right
cover
Slot 1Slot 2
Film tray 2
Film tray 3
Middle film
loading unit cover
Slot 3
Middle right
cover
Upper cover (right)
n Rear View/Left View
DRY80_D0009E.ai
Film rerease unit cover
Main power
switch
Power inlet
Upper left
cover
Lower left cover
Upper rear
cover
Lower rear cover
LAN connector
Middle left
cover
Middle rear
cover
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-3
MD-3006-272-01E
n Front View/Right View (Sorter)
DRY80_D0010E.ai
Sorter right
cover
Sorter lower
right cover
Sorter upper cover
4 bin
3 bin
2 bin
1 bin
(Output tray of
the equipment)
Sorter front
cover
n Rear View/Left View (Sorter)
DRY80_D0011E.ai
Sorter rear
cover
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-4
MD-4006-272-01E
1.3.2 Operation Panel
n Description of Functions
DRY80_D0012.ai
2
1
4
3
No. Name Function
1 Power ON Switch
(SW1)
Turn ON the equipment power.
2 Pilot Lamp Lights up when the main power switch is ON and goes off then
the switch is turned OFF.
3 Status lamp Indicates the equipment status.
• Lighting (green) : Film printout is enabled.
• Blinking pattern 1 (green) : In process of system startup or
recovery from an error condition.
• Blinking pattern 2 (green) : The equipment is in Stand-by
Mode.
• Blinking pattern 1 (orange) : No films remaining in the tray, a
film jam or any other errors.
4 Display Touch panel (LCD) indicating the status of the equipment.
<REMARKS>
The blinking pattern of the status lamp is as follows.
• Blinking pattern 1 : Lights on and off by 1 second repeatedly.
• Blinking pattern 2 : Lights on for 2 second and off for 1 seconds repeatedly.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-5
MD-5006-272-01E
1.3.3 Layout of Units
DRY80_D0014E.aiFront View
Heat
development
unit (G)
Film cooling unit Density
measurement
section
Film rerease
unit (J)
Sub-scanning
unit (E)
Controller
Frame (K)
Scanning
optics unit (S)
Conveyor
unit (D)
Vertical
conveyor unit
Vertical
conveyor unit
Removal
unit (B1)
Removal
unit (B2)
Film loading
unit (A1)
Film loading
unit (A2)
Vertical
conveyor unit
Removal
unit (B3)
Film loading
unit (A3)
Sorter (T)
(Optional)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-6
MD-6006-272-01E
1.3.4 Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions
n Film Loading Unit (A1, A2, A3)
DRY80_D0015.aiFront View
SOLA31
SA31
SA34
SA33
SA32
SOLA21
SA21
SA24
SA23
SA22
SOLA11
SA11
SA14
SA13
SA12
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Film load-
ing unit
(A1, A2,
A3)
SOLA11
SOLA21
SOLA31
Tray lock solenoid Solenoid Releases tray lock
SA11
SA21
SA31
Film pack/shutter detec-
tion sensor
Sensor ON in presence of film
pack/shutter
SA12
SA22
SA32
Tray interlock switch Switch Conduction state when
tray is loaded
SA13
SA23
SA33
Tray detection sensor Penetration type
sensor
ON when the tray is in-
serted
SA14
SA24
SA34
Bar-code reader -
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-7
MD-7006-272-01E
n Removal Unit (B1, B2, B3)
DRY80_D0016.aiFront View
MB31
MB32
SB31
SB32
MB21
MB22
SB21
SB22
MB11
MB12
SB11
SB12
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Removal
unit
(B1, B2,
B2)
MB11
MB21
MB31
Film removing motor Motor Drives suction cup arm
MB12
MB22
MB32
Removal unit convey-
ance motor
Motor Film conveyance motor
at upper removal unit
SB11
SB21
SB31
Suction cup arm HP de-
tection sensor
Penetration type
sensor
ON when suction cup
arm is at home position.
SB12
SB22
SB32
Film surface detection
sensor
Penetration type
sensor
ON when suction cup
reaches on film/OFF
when detects film suc-
tion
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-8
MD-8006-272-01E
n Conveyor Unit (D)
DRY80_D0017.aiFront View
SD4
SD1
MD1
MD2
SD2
SD3SD5
SOLD1
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Conveyor
unit (D)
MD1 Film conveyance motor Motor Drives conveyor unit
rollers, and conveys film
MD2 Conveyor unit exit roller
gripping release motor
Motor Drives conveyor unit exit
grip roller up/down
SOLD1 Stopper solenoid Solenoid Ups/downs the stopper
SD1 Conveyor unit entrance
sensor
Reflection type
sensor
ON when film is at con-
veyor entrance
SD2 Conveyor unit exit sen-
sor
Reflection type
sensor
ON when film is at con-
veyor exit
SD3 Stopper release detec-
tion sensor
Penetration type
sensor
ON when stopper is at
release position
SD4 Grip roller position de-
tection sensor
Penetration type
sensor
ON when conveyor unit
exit grip roller is at grip-
ping position
SD5 Film edge sensor Photo-interru-
puter
Detects the left side
edge of the film from the
rotations of the rotary
encoder
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-9
MD-9006-272-01E
n Sub-scanning Unit (E)
DRY80_D0018.aiFront View
ME1
SE1
MS1 LD SYN
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Sub-scan-
ning unit
(E)
ME1 Sub-scanning motor Motor Sub-scans and conveys
film
ME1 driver board comes
as a set with ME1
SE1 Film leading edge detec-
tion sensor (SED28A)
Laser detection
sensor
Detects leading edge
and trailing edge of film
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-10
MD-10006-272-01E
n Heat Development Unit (G)
DRY80_D0019E.aiFront View
THG5
FANG1
HG4 / TPG4
THG4
MG1
HG3 / TPG3
THG3
THG2
HG2 / TPG2
HG1 / TPG1
THG1
TPG2
TPG1
THG2
THG1
HG1, HG2
TPG4
TPG3
THG4
THG3
HG3, HG4
1st rack
2nd rack
1st rack
2nd rack
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Heat Devel-
opment unit
(G)
MG1 Heat development unit
conveyance motor
Motor Conveys film
FANG1 Cooling fan 1 Fan Ventilates and cools
near heat development
unit
HG1, HG2 Heater 1, Heater 2 Heater Heat 1st rack develop-
ment heat plate
HG3, HG4 Heater 3, Heater 4 Heater Heat 2nd rack develop-
ment heat plate
THG1,
THG2
Heat development
thermistor 1,
Heat development
thermistor 2
Thermistor Detects 1st rack tem-
perature
THG3,
THG4
Heat development
thermistor 3,
Heat development
thermistor 4
Thermistor Detects 2nd rack tem-
perature
THG5 Film cooling section
thermistor
Thermistor Detects film cooling sec-
tion temperature
TPG1,
TPG2
Thermal protector 1,
Thermal protector 2
Thermal
Protector
Shuts off power supply
for heaters in overheat-
ing of 1st rack heater
TPG3,
TPG4
Thermal protector 3,
Thermal protector 4
Thermal
Protector
Shuts off power supply
for heaters in overheat-
ing of 2nd rack heater
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-11
MD-11006-272-01E
n Film Release Unit (J)
DRY80_D0020.aiFrontView
SJ1 SJ2
MJ1
LED
PDD
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Film re-
lease unit
(J)
SJ1 Film release unit en-
trance sensor
Reflection type
sensor
ON when film is at film
release unit entrance
SJ2 Film release sensor Reflection type
sensor
ON when film is at film
release unit exit
MJ1 Film Release
Conveyance Motor
Motor Conveys film
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-12
MD-12006-272-01E
n Frame (K)
DRY80_D0021.aiFront View
FANK1
THK1
SK1
SK2
SK3
SK4
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Frame (K) SK1, SK2,
SK3, SK4
Front cover / right up-
per cover / right middle
cover / lower right cover
interlock switch
Microswith Conduction state when
the front cover / upper
right cover / lower right
cover are closed.
THK1 Film recording seciton
thermistor
Thermistor Detects film recording
seciton temperature
FANK1 Cooling fan Fan Cools the inside of the
controller unit.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-13
MD-13006-272-01E
n Sorter (T) (Optional)
DRY80_D0022.aiFront View
ST4
SOLT2
SOLT3
ST1
ST2
ST3
SOLT1
Unit Symbol Name Type Remarks
Sorter (T) SOLT1
SOLT2
SOLT3
1st bin film release
solenoid, 2nd bin film
release solenoid, 3rd bin
film release solenoid
Linear solenoid Switches changeover
guide
ST1, ST2,
ST3
2nd bin film release sen-
sor, 3rd bin film release
sensor, 4th bin film re-
lease sensor
Reflection type
sensor
ON when film is at exit
of sorter
ST4 Sorter right cover inter-
lock switch
Microswith ON when sorter right
cover is opened
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-14
MD-14006-272-01E
1.3.5 Layout of Boards
DRY80_D0023E.ai
CPR38A
HTD38A
PDD28ALED28A
LDD28A
PSU31C
SND28B
SSD
PSU37A
SND38C
PNL38A
LED38A
Main power
switch
Name Main function
PNL38A (Operatoin panel
board)
LCD display/non-display control, touch panel control
LED38A (SW/LED board) Operation panel LED, power ON switch, Status lamp,
buzzer
LED28A (Density measure-
ment section light-emitting
board)
Light is emitted for density measurement
LDD28A (Laser drive board) Scanner laser drive
PDD28A (Density measure-
ment section light-sensing
board)
Receives penetrating light for density measurement
CPR38A (Main control, image
output, mechanical control)
Overall control of equipment, network input, image pro-
cessing, DA converts processed image signals and sends
to scanner, laser power strength control, exposure output
timing control
PSU37A (Power supply unit) Converts the input AC power to +24VDC and supplies to
the PSU31C board
PSU31C (Power supply unit) Generates +5V and ±12V from the +24VDC power sup-
plied from the power supply unit and supplies to the SND
board
SND28B, SND38C (Sensor
driver board)
Mechanical drive parts drive/control, I/O parts control, sig-
nal counter of film edge sensor signal, thermistor signal/
density measurement section data AD conversion, inter-
lock control, heat development heater control, operation
panel control
Main power switch Supplies AC power to the power supply unit
SSD Log writing (logs are not saved)
HTD38A (Heater drive board) Drives heat development unit heaters based on the control
signal from SND board.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-15
MD-15006-272-01E
2. STARTING UP ENDING THE
EQUIPMENT
2.1 Power ON Operations
The equipment starts up in the following conditions when the main power switch is
ON.
Conditions Remarks
Press power ON switch on the
operation panel.
-
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-16
MD-16006-272-01E
2.2 Error Processing
When errors occur during initialization or in the routine mode, this equipment performs
the following processes.
n When Films Run Out
When the remaining number of films counter becomes 0, the equipment determines
that films have run out and shows a display prompting replenishing of films. However,
if the equipment has several trays, and trays other than the one that has run out of
films have films of the same size and same base color, printing continues.
Information that films have run out will be sent to externally connected devices at the
point a printing request is made.
The replenishing of films by the user is determined by the opening/closing of film
trays, and by the ON/OFF of the film pack/shutter detection sensor.
n When Level 1 Errors Occur
When level 1 errors occur, for errors which can be recovered by the user, displays on
user recovery operations are shown. Initialization was performed after recovery by the
user, and if printing is currently being performed printing will be continued.
If recovered by retry operations of the equipment, only error logs are performed. Error
logs are also only performed for reference information for design analysis.
l Cover Open/Tray Open/Shutter Detection
When these errors are detected, operations of the equipment are stopped, the error
notification screen appears on the operation panel, and operations of the equipment
are continued after errors have been removed by the user.
l When Films Jam
When films jam, printing of films ahead of the jammed position are completed, and the
film jam screen appears.
When film jams in the sorter, printing is stopped immediately and the film jam screen
appears.
Images which have not been printed will be re-output automatically after recover.
l When Sorter is Abnormal
When errors occur in the sorter during printing, the discharge destination of film
proceeding the sorter is switched to the top of the equipment. At the same time, the
sorter error notification screen appears. Touching the “CONFIRM” button sets the
sorter into the degenerated state.
n When Level 0 Errors Occur
When level 0 errors occur, the equipment completes the current process as much as
possible, stops temperature control, and the error display is shown.
The equipment then becomes system down and the power must be turned ON/OFF.
Level 0 errors consists of the following.
• Conveyance system fatal error
• Temperature control system fatal error
• Scanner system fatal error
• Image processing fatal error
• Fatal errors determined by the software
• Failed in reading external files when equipment is started.
• Discovered contradiction of various software environment when equipment is
started.
• Discovered contradiction in service settings when equipment is started.
• Discovered malfunction of various electric parts when equipment is initialized.
• Malfunctions of all trays.
n Degeneration
When the following units malfunction, this is taken as degeneration, and operations
are continued without using the function.
• Tray (only when there are usable trays)
• Density measurement section
• Sorter
n Film Replacement Output
If films with the size and base color specified by externally connected equipment have
not been replenished, films are output from trays which can be used according to
configuration settings of the PC-Utility.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-17
MD-17006-272-01E
2.3 Power OFF Operations
When the power of this equipment is ON, it can be ended in the following conditions.
Method Conditions Remarks
Shut down button on
touch panel
Touch the shut down bottun on
the touch panel.
-
Main power switch Turn OFF the main power
switch.
All power supplies are cut off
regardless the state of the
equipment.
<REMARKS>
Shut down the software before turning off the power when ending the equipment.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-18
MD-18006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MD-19
MD-19006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-1
MT-1006-272-01E
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD
When malfunctions occur in the equipment, analyze them from error code and perform
the required corrections.
n Troubleshooting from Error Codes
When analyzing malfunctions from error codes, refer to “3. ERROR CODE TABLE”.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-2
MT-2006-272-01E
2. ERROR CODE2.1 Checking Error Codes
For details on error codes, refer to “3. ERROR CODE TABLE” for the meaning of the
error which has occurred, suspected cause, and remedy.
When analyzing an error code, also refer to the detailed code provided.
To differentiate the place of error (printer or formatter), look up the name displayed
under “Component” on the error code table in the following table.
Component Error Type Place of Error
FLH Film conveyance related error
Printer error
MFC Data setting/system related error
DEN Internal densitometer related error
DEV Temperature control system related
error
POL Polygon motor control related error
PNL Panel control related error
SCN Scanner related error
ESN Film edge sensor related error
DICOM DICOM error
Formatter error
Spooler Spooler error
ImgPrc Image processing error
Output Output control error
JobMake Test pattern generation error
Main MAIN control error
PCUTL File transfer error
(Using the PC Tool in normal state)
Satellite
File transfer error
(Using the PC Tool during initializa-
tion error)
StartUp Initialization error
Installer File transfer error (Using the PC
Tool at initialization
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-3
MT-3006-272-01E
2.2 Format of Detailed Information
Perform this check only for analyzing error codes of the printer.
In the usual troubleshooting, find the corresponding error code from the error code
tables, and refer to the suspected causes and remedy methods indicated to resolve
the problem.
However if the problem persists, or to investigate the problem in further detail, check
the following detailed information to analyze the problem.
n Checking Detailed Information of Error Codes
(1) Check the corresponding error code and its detailed information at the
error message display, or at [Display Error Log] of the PC-Utility.
(2) Check the detailed information format number at “3. ERROR CODE
TABLE” and refer to the corresponding format.
(3) Find the format information from the 4-digit detailed information, and
analyze the problem.
Error Code
Detailed Info.
LED
Display Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Error
Code
Detailed
Information Component Error Message
715
Tray removal unit
HPdeviation
detection error
Contact the Fujifilm
service personnel.
Malfunction of SB1 sensor or
MB1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction
of the SB1 port of the SND
board, or malfunction of the MB1
controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check
sensors, motors, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists,
replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists,
replace the SND board.
Attempted to deviate the
removal arm from HP
(home position) in
initialization, but SB1
does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
0237 2-A-1 FLH
1
3
2
2-A-1 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S1))
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SB2 SB1 SA5 SA4 SA3 0 SA1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 3 0
DRY60_E0001E.ai
P 0237 : 0030
2.2.1 FLH Related (Conveyance) Errors Detailed Information
n 2-A (Sensor Related Errors)
Errors occurring in initialization self-diagnosis, removal, recording, constant
monitoring, etc. (Including mechanism, etc.)
Convert the hexadecimal 4-digit code to binary, compare the bit maps, and investigate
the input state corresponding to each bit.
1=ON (Close), 0=OFF (Open)
DRY60_E0002E.ai
a b c d Detailed error code
(4-digit hexadecimal)
l 2-A-1 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S1))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 SB2 SB1 SA5 SA4 SA3 0 SA1
a b c d
Cover Removal
unit
TraySpare
DRY60_E0003E.ai
[Bit map]
l 2-A-4 (Conveyance Related Information (Type S4))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SJ2 SJ1 SG1 SD5 SD4 SD3 SD2 SD1
a b c d
Conveyor unit/
Sub-scanning unit/
Film release unit
DRY60_E0004E.ai
[Bit map]
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-4
MT-4006-272-01E
l 2-A-5 (Electric Related Information (Type E))
Displays states of sensors (0/1) when an error occurs.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F05
VS
F12
VM
F12
VP
F24
VE
F24
VD
F24
VC
F24
VB
F24
VA
a b c d
FusePower SupplyReserved
DRY60_E0005E.ai
[Bit map]
n 2-B (File I/O Error)
l 2-B-1 (Type F)
Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the number
of the file causing the error and the causes.
DRY60_E0006E.ai
2 0 X X Detailed error code
File number Cause
File number
201: Conveyance timer file (For mechanism)
202: Conveyance timer file (For size)
203: Conveyance timer file (For M-Utility)
204: Conveyance counter file
205: PM control parameter file (For mechanism)
206: PM control parameter file (For size)
207: PM control parameter file (For M-Utility)
208: Timer file for PM time monitoring
Causes
1: Open error
2: Read error
3: Write error
4: Conversion error
5: Line specification error
6: Column specification error
7: Size specification error
8: External file data error
A: Data range error (Detected by application)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-5
MT-5006-272-01E
n 2-E (PC-Utility Operation Error)
l 2-E-1 (Type U)
Displays the PC-Utility command number and parameter of errors which occur when
the removal operation of the PC-Utility was not executed as specified.
DRY60_E0007E.ai
X X 0 Y Detailed error code
PC-Utility
command number
Parameter
number
PC-Utility command number
08: Unit Operation .................................................................... (1)
10: Grip (Action:MD2 only) ....................................................... (2)
Parameter number
When (1)
0: Home Positioning
1: Film Surface
2: Film Suction
3: Upper Limit
4: Film Fanning
5: Film Release
6: Film Convey
7: Removing
When (2)
0: Home Positioning
3: Grip
n 2-F (For Error Analysis)
l 2-F-4
Displays the temperature when an error occurs in subscanning speed correction
calculation. (unit: 1°C)
However, if the temperature is minus (-1 to -99 °C), “F” will be displayed at the first
digit.
DRY60_E0008E.ai
0 X X X
Detailed error code
(When temperature is plus)
Film Recording Section Temperature
DRY60_E0009E.ai
F 0 X X
Film Recording Section Temperature
Detailed error code
(When temperature is minus)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-6
MT-6006-272-01E
2.2.2 DEN Related (Internal Densitometer) Errors Detailed
Information
n 4-A (File I/O Error)
Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the causes.
DRY60_E0010E.ai
1 B X X Detailed error code
Cause Fixed value
n 4-B (Insufficient Effective Density Measurement)
Displays the effective data acquired by AD data analysis in decimal 4-digits when the
number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section is less
than the minimum number of effective data (NOTE).
DRY60_E0011E.ai
X X X X Detailed error code
NOTE: The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically measured.
The number of effective data required for 24-steps pattern is above 5613, that
for 17-steps pattern is above 4158, and that for QC pattern is above 1300.
2.2.3 ESN Related (Film Edge Sensor Related) Errors
Detailed Information
n 8-B (Outside Range Data)
Displays the error value when the edge sensor data value is abnormal (outside range).
DRY60_E0012E.ai
X X X X Detailed error code
(4-digit hexadecimal)
n 8-C (No Acquired Data)
Displays the file number during edge sensor related data file acquisition when the file
could not be created due to no data.
DRY60_E0013E.ai
3 9 0 XDetailed error code
File numberFixed value
File number
0: Edge sensor data file
1: Nonvolatile memory edge sensor data file
2: Edge sensor monitoring data file
3: Edge sensor average value data file
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-7
MT-7006-272-01E
2.2.4 DEV Related (Temperature Control Related) Errors
Detailed Information
n 9-A (Temperature Error)
Displays the temperature when the temperature is outside the specified range in
heater temperature control. (Unit: 1°C)
However, if the temperature is minus (-1 to -99°C), “F”will be displayed at the second
digit from the left.
DRY60_E0014E.ai
X X X X Detailed error code
(When temperature is plus)
Heater number Temperature
DRY60_E0015E.ai
X F X X Detailed error code
(When temperature is minus)
Heater number Temperature
n 9-B (Heater Thermistor Disconnection Error)
Error which occurs when the heater thermistor is disconnected. Displays the heater
number and thermistor temperature (A/D value).
DRY60_E0016E.ai
X X X X Detailed error code
(4-digit hexadecimal)
Heater number A/D value
n 9-C (Film Cooling Section, Recording Section Thermistor
Disconnection Error)
Error which occurs when the thermistor of the film cooling section or recording section
is disconnected. Displays the thermistor temperature (A/D value).
DRY60_E0017E.ai
0 X X X Detailed error code
(4-digit hexadecimal)
A/D value
n 9-D (File I/O Error)
Error which occurs when a file could not be accessed properly. Displays the causes.
DRY60_E0018E.ai
1 B X X Detailed error code
Cause Fixed value
n 9-E (Heater Control Task Start Error)
Displays the heater number when the heater temperature control task start ends in
error.
DRY60_E0019E.ai
0 0 0 X Detailed error code
Heater number
n 9-F (General Error Details)
Displayed when no detailed information.
DRY60_E0020E.ai
F F F F Detailed error code
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MT-8
MT-8006-272-01E
n 9-H (Heat Development Control Parameter Value Error)
Displays the causes when heat development control parameter value errors are
detected.
DRY60_E0021E.ai
X 0 0 X Detailed error code
CauseFan number
Code details
Cause
0001: Target temperature setting error
0003: Heater control TCYC1 value error
1004: A system fan control TCYC2 value error
1005: A system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
1006: A system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
1007: A system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
1008: A system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
0009: Heater control DUTY value error
000A: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC1 value error
000B: Photosensing material correction parameter KBC value error
000C: TRAY number error at photosensing material correction parameter setting
000D: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC4 value error
2004: B system fan control TCYC2 value error
2005: B system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
2006: B system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
2007: B system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
2008: B system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
000E: Voltage DUTY parameter value error
000F: Equipment voltage parameter value error
001F: Language information parameter value error
MT-9
MT-9DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
3. ERROR CODE TABLE
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
1212 2-A-4 Cover open The front/upper right/lower right cover is open. Close the front/upper right/lower right cover. FLH
1225 2-A-1 Upper tray (Tray 1)
open error
The tray was open in initialization and removal.
(Tray 1) Close the tray. FLH
1227 2-A-1 Upper tray (Tray 1)
shutter present error
The shutter was inserted in the tray in
initialization and removal. (Tray 1) Remove the shutter of the tray. FLH
1229 2-A-1 Middle tray (Tray 2)
open error
The tray was open in initialization and removal.
(Tray 2) Close the tray. FLH
1231 2-A-1 Middle tray (Tray 2)
shutter present error
The shutter was inserted in the tray in
initialization and removal. (Tray 2) Remove the shutter of the tray. FLH
1233 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
shutter uninserted
error
Attempted to open the tray, but the shutter was
not inserted. (Tray 1) After inserting the shutter, open the tray. FLH
1235 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
shutter uninserted
error
Attempted to open the tray, but the shutter was
not inserted. (Tray 2) After inserting the shutter, open the tray. FLH
1280 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 2)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Retry-over)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB22
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-10
MT-10DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
1281 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 3)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Retry-over)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board
FLH
1284 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 2)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Retry-over)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1,MB22
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
1285 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 3)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Retry-over)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board
FLH
1286 0004
Removal unit jam
(Motor start error)
SD02 unreached (Tray
2)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Tray 2)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB22
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board
FLH
MT-11
MT-11DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
1287 0004
Removal unit jam
(Motor start error)
SD02 unreached (Tray
3)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Tray 3)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board
FLH
1291 2-A-1 Upper tray (tray 1)
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
1293 2-A-1 Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunctionof SD1 sensor or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2294 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did
not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Currently retrying)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB12/MB22/MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-12
MT-12DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
1295 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 1)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did
not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Retryover)
Jam occurred during conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, MB12/MB22/MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board
FLH
1297 2-A-4 Sub-scanning unit jam
error
Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit, but
did not detect SE1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Jam occurred during recording conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SE1, MD1, ME1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
1299 2-A-4 Heat development unit
jam error
Conveyed film to the heat development unit,
but did not detect SJ1 CLOSE (film leading
edge
detection).
Jam occurred during heat development conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ1, ME1, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A0 2-A-4 Film release unit jam
error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ1, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-13
MT-13DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12A1 2-A-4 Film release unit jam
error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ2, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A2 2-A-4 Film release unit jam
error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ2, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A3 None Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did
not detect ST1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A4 None Sorter unit jam error Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did not
detect ST1 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-14
MT-14DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12A5 None Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did
not detect ST2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A6 None Sorter unit jam error Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did not
detect ST2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A7 None Sorter unit jam error
Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did
not detect ST3 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12A8 None Sorter unit jam error Conveyed film to the sorter unit, but did not
detect ST3 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-15
MT-15DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12A9 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD1
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12B0 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD1
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replacethe SND board.
FLH
12B1 2-A-4
Conveyor unit jam
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD2
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the conveyor unit.
Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, MB12/MB22/MB32
motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD1, MB12/MB22/MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-16
MT-16DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12B2 2-A-4
Sub-scanning unit jam
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD2
OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit.
Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, ME1 motors.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD1, ME1 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12B5 2-A-4
Heat development unit
jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the heat development unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SJ1
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development
unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND board, or
malfunction of the MG1 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12B6 2-A-4
Film release unit jam
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the film release unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SJ1
OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND board, or
malfunction of the MG1 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-17
MT-17DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12B7 2-A-4
Film release unit jam
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the film release unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SJ2
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND board, or
malfunction of the MG1 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12B8 2-A-4
Film release unit jam
error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the film release unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SJ2
OPEN (film trailing edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit.
Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND board, or
malfunction of the MG1/MJ1 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12C5 None Sorter malfunction Did not output to the destination bin properly.
Malfunction of SOLT1, SOLT2, or SOLT3 solenoids
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, solenoids, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/solenoids.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12C6 None Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the sorter unit by discharge
remainder, but did not detect ST1 OPEN (film
trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST1, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-18
MT-18DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12C7 None Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the sorter unit by discharge
remainder, but did not detect ST2 OPEN (film
trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST2, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12C8 None Sorter unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the sorter unit by discharge
remainder, but did not detect ST3 OPEN (film
trailing edge detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
ST3, MG1, MJ1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12DA 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
open error
The tray was open in initialization and removal.
(Tray 3) Close the tray. FLH
12DC 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
shutter present error
The shutter was inserted in the tray in
initialization and removal. (Tray 3) Remove the shutter of the tray. FLH
22D6 2-A-4 Film release unit
entrance jam error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
A jam occurred during discharge conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ1, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22D7 2-A-4 Film release unit exit
jam error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
Jam occurred during film release conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ2, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-19
MT-19DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
22D8 2-A-4 Film release unit exit
jam error
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but
did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
A jam occurred during discharge conveyance.
Open the front cover and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SJ2, MG1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12DE 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
shutter uninserted
error
Attempted to openthe tray, but the shutter was
not inserted. (Tray 3) After inserting the shutter, open the tray. FLH
22E0 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Currently retrying)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during front conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the film.
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, and
mechanism adjustments.
SD2,MD1,MB12/MB22/MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.
FLH
12E1 2-A-4 Conveyor unit jam
error (Tray 1)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Retry-over)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during front conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the film.
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, and
mechanism adjustments.
SD2,MD1,MB12/MB22/MB32
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.
FLH
12F1 0004
Removal unit jam
(Motor start error)
SD02 unreached (Tray
1)
Although film was conveyed to the recording
unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading
edge detection). (Tray 1)
Error occurred again due to motor stop.
(Maybe already stopped)
Jam occurred during front conveyance.
Open the cover and remove the film.
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, and
mechanism adjustments.
SD2,MD1,MB12
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.
FLH
MT-20
MT-20DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12F2 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12F3 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD1
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB32 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
12F7 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit jam error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Retryover)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-21
MT-21DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
12F8 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit jam error
(Discharge remainder)
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit by
discharge remainder, but did not detect SD1
CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit.
Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB32 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
1801 None Density measurement
error
The automatically measured density value is
incorrect.
Execute automatic density measurement again. If the error persists,
contact your dealer. DEN
1802 None QC failure The measured density of the QC printed film is
abnormal. Execute QC output again. If the error persists, contact your dealer. DEN
1803 FFFF Laser lifespan notice The laser lifespan is about one month. Contact your dealer to replace the laser unit. SCN
1804 FFFF Laser lifespan warning The laser lifespan has been exceeded.
Contact your dealer to replace the laser unit.
If replacing a scanner unit, execute [Reset Scanner Data] using PC-
Utylity.
SCN
18A1 None Bar code reading error
(Tray 1) Bar code reading is failed.
- The pack is pull out too quickly.
- An abnormality of the bar code (No bar code, stains)
- The bar code reader is not attached correctly.
- The bar code reader is out of order.
1. Pull out the pack after PULL is displayed.
2. Confirm there is no problem with the bar code.
3. Perform a reading test of the PC-Utility bar code reader.
If the result is NG, check the harness and then replace the bar
code reader or the SND board.
MAIN
MT-22
MT-22DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
18A2 None Error occurred with
decode (Tray 1)
The barcode that has been interpreted is
invalid or does not match the tray settings.
The photosensitive material of the bar code is not the same as the
set one.
The bar code used in the past is used.
The incorrect bar code is used.
1. Use a correct bar code
MAIN
18A3 None Barcode base color
unmatched (Tray 1) A barcode in the wrong base color was read. Check the base color. MAIN
18A4 None
Barcode dealer
number unmatched
(Tray 1)
Use a correct bar code.
Use a correct bar code.
<DetailedInformation>
None
MAIN
18A5 None Bar code reading error
(Tray 2) Bar code reading is failed.
- The pack is pull out too quickly.
- An abnormality of the bar code (No bar code, stains)
- The bar code reader is not attached correctly.
- The bar code reader is out of order.
1. Pull out the pack after PULL is displayed.
2. Confirm there is no problem with the bar code.
3. Perform a reading test of the PC-Utility bar code reader.
If the result is NG, check the harness and then replace the bar
code reader or the SND board.
MAIN
18A6 None Error occurred with
decode (Tray 2)
The barcode that has been interpreted is
invalid or does not match the tray settings.
The photosensitive material of the bar code is not the same as the
set one.
The bar code used in the past is used.
The incorrect bar code is used.
1. Use a correct bar code
MAIN
18A7 None Barcode base color
unmatched (Tray 2) A barcode in the wrong base color was read. Check the base color. MAIN
MT-23
MT-23DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
18A8 None
Barcode dealer
number unmatched
(Tray 2)
Use a correct bar code.
Use a correct bar code.
<DetailedInformation>
None
MAIN
18A9 None Bar code reading error
(Tray 3) Bar code reading is failed.
- The pack is pull out too quickly.
- An abnormality of the bar code (No bar code, stains)
- The bar code reader is not attached correctly.
- The bar code reader is out of order.
1. Pull out the pack after PULL is displayed.
2. Confirm there is no problem with the bar code.
3. Perform a readingtest of the PC-Utility bar code reader.
If the result is NG, check the harness and then replace the bar
code reader or the SND board.
MAIN
18AA None Error occurred with
decode (Tray 3)
The barcode that has been interpreted is
invalid or does not match the tray settings.
The photosensitive material of the bar code is not the same as the
set one.
The bar code used in the past is used.
The incorrect bar code is used.
1. Use a correct bar code
MAIN
18AB None Barcode base color
unmatched (Tray 3) A barcode in the wrong base color was read. Check the base color. MAIN
18AC None
Barcode dealer
number unmatched
(Tray 3)
Use a correct bar code.
Use a correct bar code.
<DetailedInformation>
None
MAIN
0001 0001 Failed in starting
DICOM main thread. Failed in starting DICOM main thread.
Re-install the software, repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
None
DICOM
MT-24
MT-24DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0001 0002 Invalid Dicom.dat
contents Invalid Dicom.dat contents
Save equipment individual data (requires Dicom.dat analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Tag number with error
DICOM
0001 0003
Failed in
starting DICOM
communication main
thread.
Failed in starting DICOM communication main
thread.
Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Port number
DICOM
0001 0004 Invalid Netinf.prm
contents Invalid Netinf.prm contents
Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
1: No file
2: Non existing keyword
3: Non existing value
DICOM
0001 0005 Invalid
UserImageNum.txt Invalid UserImageNum.txt
Save equipment individual data (requires UserImageNum.txt).
<DetailedInformation>
1: No file
2: Non existing keyword
3: Non existing value
DICOM
0001 FFFF Insufficient virtual
memory Insufficient virtual memory
Re-install the software, repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
None
DICOM
0002 0001 Failed in creating
thread. (Internal error) Failed in creating thread. (Internal error)
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
MT-25
MT-25DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0002 0002
Failed in sending
messages. (Internal
error)
Failed in sending messages. (Internal error)
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0003
Failed in securing
memory. (Internal
error)
Failed in securing memory. (Internal error)
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0004
Failed in creating
Print Job objects
in recovering
unprocessed JOBs.
Failed in creating Print Job objects in
recovering unprocessed JOBs.
Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0005 Failed in reading
PrintJob files. Failed in reading PrintJob files.
Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0007
Failed in acquiring
PrintJob and FILM
object data.
Failed in acquiring PrintJob and FILM object
data.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code Spooler
0002 0008 Failed in registering
spooler queue. Failed in registering spooler queue.
Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0009 Invalid film object, or
insufficient data Invalid film object, or insufficient data
Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
MT-26
MT-26DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0002 000A Failed in deleting RAW
data file. Failed in deleting RAW data file.
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot
system, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 000B Invalid status Invalid status
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, status
Spooler
0002 000C Failed in accessing
PrintJob. Failed in accessing PrintJob.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 000D Specified Film number
is invalid. Specified Film number is invalid.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 000E
Could not find Print
Job deleted when
requesting queue
deletion.
Could not find Print Job deleted when
requesting queue deletion.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0010 Specified change
priority level is invalid. Specified change priority level is invalid.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0011
Failed in setting
PrintJob and FILM
object data.
Failed in setting PrintJob and FILM object data.
Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx.flm analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
MT-27
MT-27DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2002 0012 Failed in opening and
creating files. Failed in opening and creating files.
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, file name
Spooler
0002 0013 Requested print ID is
illegal. Requested print ID is illegal.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0014 Failed in moving file. Failed in moving file.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0002 0015 Unexpected case
occurred. Unexpected case occurred.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Spooler
0003 0001 Error occurred due to
system call. Error occurred due to system call.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
0003 0002 Failed in acquiring
memory. Failed in acquiring memory.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
0003 0003
Failed in creating
image processing
objects.
Failed in creating image processing objects.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
MT-28
MT-28DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2003 0004
Data to be acquired
was not found in
PrintJOB, FILM object,
nor image processing
parameter.
Data to be acquired was not found in PrintJOB,
FILM object, nor image processing parameter.
Save equipment individual data (requires imginf.prm analysis),
acquire error job information (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
2003 0005 Failed in opening and
creating files. Failed in opening and creating files.
Save equipment individual data (requires imginf.prm analysis),
acquire error job information (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, file name
ImgPrc
2003 0006
Execution of image
processing resultedin
error.
Execution of image processing resulted in
error.
Save equipment individual data (requires imginf.prm analysis),
acquire error job information (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
2003 0007
As the leading edge
margin parameter is
outside the range, use
the default value.
As the leading edge margin parameter is
outside the range, use the default value.
Equipment individual data save (TOP_MARGIN.txt) analysis is
required.
<DetailedInformation>
Type, outside range value
ImgPrc
2003 0008
Re-executed format
calculation without
annotation information
Re-executed format calculation without
annotation information
Save equipment individual data (requires imginf.prm analysis),
acquire error job information (requires xxx.job/xxx.flm).
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
ImgPrc
2003 0009
Parameter error of left
right density difference
rotation file.
Parameter error of left right density difference
rotation file.
Requires analysis of left right density difference rotation file (Sidechg.
prm).
<DetailedInformation>
Parameter
ImgPrc
MT-29
MT-29DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2003 000A
Threshold value of left
right density difference
rotation file parameter
is inappropriate.
Threshold value of left right density difference
rotation file parameter is inappropriate.
Requires review of threshold value inside left right density difference
rotation file (Sidechg.prm).
<DetailedInformation>
Average density value and threshold values of various areas
ImgPrc
0004 1EB1 Failed in starting
output main thread. Failed in starting output main thread.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
None.
Output
0004 1F7C Level 0 error occurred
in formatter. Level 0 error occurred in formatter.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
None.
Output
0004 1F84
Density correction
calculation results are
abnormal.
Density correction calculation results are
abnormal.
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot
system, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
None.
Output
0004 1F85
Unable to continue
operations due to
internal error.
Unable to continue operations due to internal
error.
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot
system, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
DetailedInformation
Output
0007 0001 Failed in creating
thread (internal error). Failed in creating thread (internal error).
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
JobMake
0007 0002
Failed in sending
message (internal
error).
Failed in sending message (internal error).
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
JobMake
MT-30
MT-30DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0007 0003
Failed in securing
memory (internal
error).
Failed in securing memory (internal error).
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, request size
JobMake
0007 000A Failed in opening and
creating files. Failed in opening and creating files.
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot
system, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, file name
JobMake
0007 000B Invalid status Invalid status
Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot
system, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code, status
JobMake
0008 0001
Failed in securing area
for communication
processing.
Failed in securing area for communication
processing.
Re-install the software, repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0002
Mounted memory
does not satisfy
operating conditions of
the system.
Mounted memory does not satisfy operating
conditions of the system.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0003 Invalid parameter was
specified. Invalid parameter was specified.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0004
Failed in DICOM
control execution start
request.
Failed in DICOM control execution start
request.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-31
MT-31DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0005
Failed in
communication end
request to DICOM
control.
Failed in communication end request to DICOM
control.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0006 Failed in calling GUI
method. Failed in calling GUI method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0007
Failed in JOB
completion
communication
processing.
Failed in JOB completion communication
processing.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0008 Failed in calling the
print request method. Failed in calling the print request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0009 Failed in image
initializing request. Failed in image initializing request.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 000A
Failed in calling image
processing request
method.
Failed in calling image processing request
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 000B
Failed in re-reading
instruction of density
correction table.
Failed in re-reading instruction of density
correction table.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-32
MT-32DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 000C
Failed in calling JOB
generation request
(SMPTE/execution)
method.
Failed in calling JOB generation request
(SMPTE/execution) method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 000D
Failed in calling JOB
generation request
(scanner diagnosis)
method.
Failed in calling JOB generation request
(scanner diagnosis) method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 000E
Failed in calling JOB
generation request
(flat pattern) method.
Failed in calling JOB generation request (flat
pattern) method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 000F
Failed in calling JOB
generation request
(cleaning) method.
Failed in calling JOB generation request
(cleaning) method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0010
Failed in calling JOB
priority order change
completion method.
Failed in calling JOB priority order change
completion method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0011 Failed in initializing
output control unit. Failed in initializing output control unit.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0012 Failed in calling utility
request method. Failed in calling utility request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-33
MT-33DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0013
Failed in calling
energy-saving
instruction method.
Failed in calling energy-saving instruction
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0014 Failed in calling print
request method. Failed in calling print request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0015
Failed in calling
transfer request
method.
Failed in calling transfer request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0016
Failed in calling output
control end instruction
method
Failed in calling output control end instruction
method
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0017
Failed in calling
removal permission
notification method.
Failed in calling removal permission notification
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0018 Failed in calling end
request method. Failed in calling end request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0019 Failed in calling PC-
Utility method. Failed in calling PC-Utility method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-34
MT-34DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 001A
Failed in calling image
processing completion
setting request
method.
Failed in calling image processing completion
setting request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 001B
Failed in calling
removal process JOB
acquisition request
method.
Failed in calling removal process JOB
acquisition request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 001C
Failed in calling image
processing JOB
acquisition request
method.
Failed in calling image processing JOB
acquisition request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 001D
Failed in calling RAW
data transfer JOB
acquisition request
method.
Failed in calling RAW data transfer JOB
acquisition request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 001E
Failed in calling tray
information renewal
notification method.
Failed in calling tray information renewal
notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 001F
Failed in calling output
processing completion
notification method.
Failed in calling output processing completion
notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0020
Failed in spooler
control execution start
request.
Failed in spooler control execution start
request.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-35
MT-35DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0021
Failed in spooler
control transfer
completion
notification.
Failed in spooler control transfer completion
notification.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0022 Failed in calling JOB
spool request method. Failed in calling JOB spool request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0023
Failed in calling
unprocessed JOB
recovery request
method.
Failed in calling unprocessed JOB recovery
request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0024
Failed in calling JOB
priority order change
request method.
Failed in calling JOB priority order change
request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0025
Failed in calling
deletion request
method.
Failed in calling deletion request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0026
Failed in calling
initialization method of
output control.
Failed in calling initialization method of output
control.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0027
Failed in calling Queue
deletion request
results notification
method.
Failed in calling Queue deletion request results
notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-36
MT-36DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0028
Failed in calling JOB
start notification
method.
Failed in calling JOB start notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0029
Failed in calling
preprint response
notification method.
Failed in calling preprint response notification
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 002A
Failed in calling printer
information request
response method.
Failed in calling printer information request
response method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 002B
Failed in calling image
reception completion
notification method.
Failed in calling image reception completion
notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 002C
Failed in calling
system information
printing method.
Failed in calling system information printing
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 002D Request in unexpected
mode. Request in unexpected mode.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 002E
Failed in calling
uniformity table re-
reading method.
Failed in calling uniformity table re-reading
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-37
MT-37DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 002F
Failed in calling printer
image correction
mode setting method.
Failed in calling printer image correction mode
setting method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0030
Failed in calling
tray state change
notification method.
Failed in calling tray state change notification
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0031
Failed in calling
delete all JOB request
method.
Failed in calling delete all JOB request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 003A
Failed in calling QC
test pattern output
method.
Failed in calling QC test pattern output method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 003B
Failed in calling
printer state change
notification method.
Failed in calling printer state change notification
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0046
Failed in calling
system information
acquisition method.
Failed in calling system information acquisition
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0047 Failed in copying file. Failed in copying file.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-38
MT-38DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0048 Failed in loading file. Failed in loading file.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0049
Failed in calling
resistance correction
reloading method.
Failed in calling resistance correction reloading
method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 004A
Failed in calling main
scanning image
position adjustment
parameter table
reloading method.
Failed in calling main scanning image position
adjustment parameter table reloading method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 004B
Failed in calling
resistance correction
reloading method
Failed in calling resistance correction reloading
method
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 004C
Failed in calling setting
method of the number
of films remaining in
tray.
Failed in calling setting method of the number
of films remaining in tray.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 004D
Failed in loading
setting file of the
energy-saving.
Failed in loading setting file of the energy-
saving.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 004E
Failed in calling
direction method of
the energy-saving.
Failed in calling direction method of the energy-
saving.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-39
MT-39DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 004F
Failed in calling
transferring request
method of the energy-
saving.
Failed in calling transferring request method of
the energy-saving.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0050
Failed in calling
recovering request
method of the energy-
saving.
Failed in calling recovering request method of
the energy-saving.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0051
Failed in calling control
notification method of
the status lamp.
Failed in calling control notification method of
the status lamp.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0054
Failed in renewing
number of the
accumulated used
films.
Failed in renewing number of the accumulated
used films.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0055 Failed in calling power
off request method. Failed in calling power off request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0056 Failed in copying
installation data. Failed in copying installation data.
Recheck the software to be installed.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0057
Failed in creating the
version up direction
file.
Failed in creating the version up direction file.
Recheck the software to be installed.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-40
MT-40DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0058
Failed in creating
the full installation
direction file.
Failed in creating the full installation direction
file.
Recheck the software to be installed.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0059 Failed in deleting log
files. Failed in deleting log files.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 005A
Failed in creating
normal completed flag
file.
Failed in creating normal completed flag file.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 005B Failed in starting up
the Web task. Failed in starting up the Web task.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 005C Notified unknown
state. Notified unknown state.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 005D
Occurred
inconsistency in the
file system.
Occurred inconsistency in the file system.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 005E Did not end normally
the last time. Did not end normally the last time.
Reboot the system and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-41
MT-41DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 005F Failed in deleting pas
log. Failed in deleting pas log.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0060 Failed in acquiring log
acquisition mode. Failed in acquiring log acquisition mode.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0061
Failed in creating
initialization skip flag
file.
Failed in creating initialization skip flag file.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0062
Failed in calling
display information
update notification
method.
Failed in calling display information update
notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0063
Failed in calling PNL/
ART notification
method.
Failed in calling PNL/ART notification method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0064
Failed in calling file
transfer request
method.
Failed in calling file transfer request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0065
Failed in calling
equipment termination
notification request
method.
Failed in calling equipment termination
notification request method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-42
MT-42DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 0066
Failed in calling
termination response
method.
Failed in calling termination response method.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0067 Print stop notification
method calling error Print stop notification method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0068 Options.txt read error Options.txt read error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0069 Tray open request
method calling error Tray open request method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 006A Tray open response
method calling error Tray open response method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 006B Alert open response
method calling error Alert open response method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 006C JOB in time request
method calling error JOB in time request method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
MT-43
MT-43DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0008 006D
Tray constant
monitoring start
instruction method
calling error
Tray constant monitoring start instruction
method calling error
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 006E Failed in bc_sbc.txt
file reading. Failed in bc_sbc.txt file reading.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 006F Failed in bc_sbc/txt
file reading. Failed in bc_sbc/txt file reading.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
0008 0070
Failed in film_
information.txt file
reading.
Failed in film_information.txt file reading.
Re-install the software,repalce CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
2008 0071 FTP transfer timed out FTP transfer timed out
Reboot the system and observe whether the problem persists.
<DetailedInformation>
Place of occurrence in source code
Main
2008 0072 Wrong date due to
CPU board Wrong date due to CPU board
Rest the time using the utility.
Replace the CPR board.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Main
2008 0073 Failed in reading the
MgznInfo.txt file. Failed in reading the MgznInfo.txt file.
Reboot the system and observe whether the problem persists.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Main
MT-44
MT-44DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2008 0074 B4/11x14 switching
setting is failed. B4/11x14 switching setting is failed.
Reboot the system and observe whether the problem persists.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Main
2008 0075 DJ mode setting is
failed. DJ mode setting is failed.
Reboot the system and observe whether the problem persists.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Main
200A 0001 FTPTransfer
failed.%n%1 Failed in FTP data transfer. Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and
observe conditions. PCUTL
200A 0002 FTPOpen
failed.%n%1 FTP port does not open. Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of
the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions. PCUTL
200A 0003 File not found.%n%1 Searched for corresponding file but did not
exist. Reinstall or add the corresponding file again. PCUTL
200B 0001 Failed in FTP data
transfer. Failed in FTP data transfer.
Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and
observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Name of file which failed transfer
Installer
200B 0002 FTP port does not
open. FTP port does not open.
Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of
the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Installer
200B 0003
Searched for
corresponding file but
did not exist.
Searched for corresponding file but did not
exist.
Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.
<DetailedInformation>
Name of file which failed transfer
Installer
MT-45
MT-45DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
000C 0001 Semaphore table
initialization error Semaphore table initialization error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0002 Message ID
acquisition error Message ID acquisition error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0003 SND connection board
disconnected SND connection board disconnected
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0004 Driver error Driver error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0005 Folder generation
error from RAMDISK Folder generation error from RAMDISK
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0006 File copy error to
RAMDISK File copy error to RAMDISK
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0007 ISC thread start error ISC thread start error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
MT-46
MT-46DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
000C 0008 DBG thread start error DBG thread start error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0009 MFC thread start error MFC thread start error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 000A
Image processing
memory initialization
error
Image processing memory initialization error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 000D Message error Message error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
200C 000E Th2ONFLG deletion
error Th2ONFLG deletion error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 000F Unexpected message
error Unexpected message error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
000C 0010 Install processing error Install processing error
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
MT-47
MT-47DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
200C 0016 Version down
attempted Version down attempted
1. Install the software.
<DetailedInformation>
None
StartUp
200D 0001 FTPTransfer
failed.%n%1 Failed in FTP data transfer.
Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and
observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
Name of file which failed transfer
Satellite
200D 0002 FTPOpen
failed.%n%1 FTP port does not open.
Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of
the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions.
<DetailedInformation>
None
Satellite
200D 0003 File not found.%n%1 Searched for corresponding file but did not
exist.
Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.
<DetailedInformation>
Name of file which failed transfer
Satellite
0201 2-B-1 Conveyance system
file error
Conveyance system related external file
access error
• File read error
• File write error
• File conversion error
• Fileline specification error
• File column specification error
Incorrect software installation error, inappropriate data, or insufficient
data.
1. Re-install the software.
FLH
3202 2-C-1 FPMC error (At start) FPMC motor drive failure Error caused by software bug and incorrect control timing which
essentially does not occur. FLH
MT-48
MT-48DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0215 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F08) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F08).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F08).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
2216 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F06) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F06).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F06).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
2217 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F07) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F07).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F07).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
0219 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F01) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F01).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F01).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
021A 2-A-5
Power supply fuse
(FUSE_UART)
disconnection
Disconnection of CPR board fuse (FUSE_
UART).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (FUSE_UART).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
021B 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F24VA) disconnection Disconnection of SND38C fuse (F24VA).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F24VA).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
MT-49
MT-49DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
021C 2-A-5
Power supply
fuse (F24VB)
disconnection
Disconnection of SND38C fuse (F24VB).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F24VB).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
021D 2-A-5
Power supply
fuse (F24VC)
disconnection
Disconnection of SND38C fuse (F24VC).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F24VC).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
021E 2-A-5
Power supply
fuse (F24VD)
disconnection
Disconnection of SND38C fuse (F24VD).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F24VD).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
021F 2-A-5
Power supply
fuse (FVCCS)
disconnection
Disconnection of SND38C fuse (FVCCS).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (FVCCS).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
0220 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F02) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F02).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F02).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
0221 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F03) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F03).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F03).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
MT-50
MT-50DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0222 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F04) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F04).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F04).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
0223 2-A-5 Power supply fuse
(F05) disconnection Disconnection of SND28 fuse (F05).
Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F05).
1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
adjustments
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
FLH
0224 2-A-1
<Upper Tray>
Tray detection sensor
error (Tray 1)
Attempted to check the tray open/close state in
initialization and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA12 sensor or malfunction of SA12 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0226 2-A-1
<Upper Tray>
Tray shutter detection
sensor error (Tray 1)
Attempted to check whether the tray shutter is
present in initialization and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA11 sensor or malfunction of SA11 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0228 2-A-1
<Middle Tray>
Tray detection sensor
error (Tray 2)
Attempted to check the tray open/close state in
initialization and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA22 sensor or malfunction of SA22 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-51
MT-51DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0230 2-A-1
<Middle Tray>
Tray shutter detection
sensor error
(Tray 2)
Attempted to check whether the tray shutter is
present in initialization and removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA21 sensor or malfunction of SA21 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0232 2-A-1 Tray lock release error Attempted to open the tray, but SA13 did not
become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SA13 sensor, or SOLA11 solenoid.
Or malfunction of the SA13 port of the SND board, or malfunction of
SOLA11.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0234 2-A-1 Tray lock release error Attempted to open the tray, but SA23 did not
become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SA23 sensor, or SOLA21 solenoid.
Or malfunction of the SA23 port of the SND board, or malfunction of
SOLA21.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2236 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position)in initialization, but SB11 does
not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-52
MT-52DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0237 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB11 does
not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2238 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB11 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0239 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB11 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2240 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray
2) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB21 does
not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-53
MT-53DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0241 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray
2) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB21 does
not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2242 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB21 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0243 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB21 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2244 2-A-4 Grip HP detection
error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home
position) in initialization, but SD4 does not
become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-54
MT-54DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0245 2-A-4 Grip HP detection
error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home
position) in initialization, but SD4 does not
become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2246 2-A-4 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home
position) to gripping position in initialization, but
SD4 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0247 2-A-4 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home
position) to gripping position in initialization, but
SD4 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2248 2-A-4 Stopper plate release
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from stop
position to release position in initialization, but
SD3 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-55
MT-55DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0249 2-A-4 Stopper plate release
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from stop
position to release position in initialization, but
SD3 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists,replace the SND board.
FLH
2250 2-A-4 Stopper plate
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from release
position to stop position in initialization, but
SD3 does not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0251 2-A-4 Stopper plate
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from release
position to stop position in initialization, but
SD3 does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2258 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB12 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-56
MT-56DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0259 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB12 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2260 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB22 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0261 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB22 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2262 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position in removal, but SB12 does not become
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-57
MT-57DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0263 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position in removal, but SB12 does not become
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2264 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 1)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position in removal, but SB22 does not become
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0265 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position in removal, but SB22 does not become
OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB22 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB22 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2270 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP rise
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB11 does not
become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2 If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-58
MT-58DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0271 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP rise
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB11 does not
become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2272 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit HP rise
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB21 does not
become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0273 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP risedetection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB21 does not
become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2274 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray
1) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB11 does not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-59
MT-59DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0275 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray
1) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB11 does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2276 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB11 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0277 2-A-1
Upper tray (Tray 1)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB11 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2278 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray
2) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB21 does not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-60
MT-60DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0279 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray
2) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB21 does not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2280 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB21 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0281 2-A-1
Middle tray (Tray 2)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB21 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2282 2-A-4 Grip HP absent error Although the grip roller is in the HP (home
position) state, but SD5 is already closed.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-61
MT-61DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2283 2-A-4 Grip absent error Although the grip roller is in the gripping state,
but SD5 is already open.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2284 2-A-4 Grip HP detection
error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home
position) in printing, but SD5 does not become
OPEN.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
0285 2-A-4 Grip HP detection
error
Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home
position) while checking the gripping operation
using PC-Utility, but SD5 does not become
OPEN.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2286 2-A-4 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home
position) to gripping position in printing, but
SD5 does not become CLOSE.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-62
MT-62DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
DetailedInformation Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0287 2-A-4 Grip detection error
Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home
position) to gripping position while checking the
grip-ping operation using PC-Utility, but SD5
does not become CLOSE.
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD2 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MD2 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2288 2-A-4 Stopper plate release
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from stop
position to release position in printing, but SD4
does not become CLOSE.
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2289 2-A-4 Stopper plate
detection error
Attempted to set stopper plate from release
position to stop position in printing, but SD4
does not become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the SOLD1.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/solenoid.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
2290 2-A-1
Tray conveyor unit
entrance detection
error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Currently retrying)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB12 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB12 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-63
MT-63DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2292 2-A-1
Tray conveyor unit
entrance detection
error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Currently retrying)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB22 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB22 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22C2 2-F-4 Upper barcode read
error
An error occurred in reading the barcode
(SA14).
The barcode (SA14) is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the barcode reader or the SND board.
FLH
22C3 2-A-4 Middle barcode read
error
An error occurred in reading the barcode
(SA24).
The barcode (SA24) is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the barcode reader or the SND board.
FLH
22C4 2-F-2 Sorter malfunction After sorter degeneration, film is not output to
the destination bin.
Malfunction of SOLT1, SOLT2, or SOLT3 solenoids
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, solenoids, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/solenoids.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22D5 2-F-4
Sub-scanning speed
correction calculation
error
A sub-scanning speed correction calculation
was performed based on the film recording
section temperature before recording, but the
result is out of tolerance range of speed.
The thermistor in the recording section is not in stable operation.
Or the machine temperature fluctuates greatly.
1. Check the recording section thermistor.
2. Collect the internal temperature data.
3. Review the correction calculation.
FLH
02D9 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
detection sensor error
Attempted to check the lower tray (Tray 3)
open/close state in initialization and removal,
but failed.
Malfunction of SA32 sensor or malfunction of SA32 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-64
MT-64DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
02DB 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
shutter detection
sensor error
Attempted to check whether the loser tray
(Tray 3) shutter is present in initialization and
removal, but failed.
Malfunction of SA31 sensor or malfunction of SA31 port of SND
board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02DD 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
lock release error
Attempted to open lower tray (Tray 3), but
SA13 does not become OPEN.
Malfunction of the SA33 sensor, or SOLA31 solenoid.
Or malfunction of the SA33 port of the SND board, or malfunction of
SOLA31.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22DF 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB31 does
not become OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02E2 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB31 does
not become OPEN.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-65
MT-65DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
22E3 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but SB31 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
F L H
22E2 2-A-4 Tray removal unit
motor drive error
Failed in driving motor due to muting of MB1
with initialization of removal unit.
Malfunction of the SND board.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.
FLH
02E4 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) in initialization, but S31 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunctionof the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22E7 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB32 does
not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02E8 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
film surface detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
upper dead point detection position to surface
detection position in removal, but SB32 does
not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-66
MT-66DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
22E9 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position in removal, but SB32 does not become
OPEN.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02EA 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
film suction detection
error
Attempted to lower the removal arm from
surface detection position to suction detection
position during removal, but SB32 does not
become OPEN. (Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22ED 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP rise
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB31 does not
become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
F L H
02EE 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP rise
detection error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB31 does not
become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-67
MT-67DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
22EF 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB31 does not
become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02F3 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray
3) removal unit HP
deviation detection
error
Attempted to rise the removal arm from upper
dead point detection position to HP (home
position) in removal, but SB31 does not
become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22F4 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB31 does not become CLOSE.
(Currently retrying)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
02F5 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
removal unit HP return
detection error
Attempted to return the removal arm to HP
(home position) after removal operation, but
SB31 does not become CLOSE.
(Retryover)
Malfunction of the SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
MT-68
MT-68DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
22F6 2-A-1
Lower tray (Tray 3)
conveyor unit entrance
detection error
At completion of removal process, did not
detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
(Currently retrying)
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB32 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board,
or malfunction of the MB32 controller.
1. Check if film has dropped.
2. Using PC-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
FLH
22FA 2-A-1 Lower tray (Tray 3)
barcode reading error Cannot read the barcode.
The barcode (SA34) is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the barcode reader or the CPR board.
FLH
22FA 2-A-4 Lower barcode read
error
An error occurred in reading the barcode
(SA34).
The barcode (SA34) is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the barcode reader or the CPR board.
FLH
02FF 2-D-1 Device set error
Setup error of sensor driver, FPMC driver
• FPMC time monitoring setting error
• Message ID specification error
Error caused by software bug and incorrect settings which essentially
does not occur. FLH
0332 FFFF FLH-SS start timeout No response from FL-SS that it has completed
start even after a certain period of time.
Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPR board.1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CPR board.
MFC
0335 FFFF SCN-SS start timeout
No response from SCN-SS that it has
completed start even after a certain period of
time.
Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPR board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CPR board.
MFC
0339 FFFF DEV-SS start timeout
No response from DEV-SS that it has
completed start even after a certain period of
time.
Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPR board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CPR board.
MFC
0401 None
Density measurement
control parameter file
read error
Failed in reading density measurement control
parameter files at system start.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEN
MT-69
MT-69DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2402 None Density measurement
sequence error
Failed in software control sequence during
density measurement.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEN
2403 None Density measurement
data error
The density value measured by the density
measurement section is abnormal.
The density value measured by the density measurement section is
abnormal.
1. Check if the density measurement sections such as density
measurement LED, LED board, PDD board, connectors between
boards, density measurement sensor power fuse, etc. are normal.
2. Check if the film sensitivity is normal.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND board.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board.
DEN
2404 4-A Density measurement
data write error
Failed in creating files when writing density
measurement AD data.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEN
2405 None No density
measurement data
No density measurement AD data in the DRAM
of the PRT.
No density measurement data as density measurement was not
performed.
After performing density measurement, acquire AD data.
DEN
2406 None
Density measurement
staring point detection
error
Failed to detect starting point of the density
pattern from the number of effective AD data
measured by the density measurement section.
1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal.
2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND board.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board.
DEN
2407 None
Density measurement
ending point detection
error
Failed to detect the ending point of the density
pattern from the number of effective AD data
measured by the density measurement section.
1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal.
2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND board.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board.
DEN
MT-70
MT-70DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2408 4-B
Insufficient number
of effective density
measurement data
The number of effective density measurement
data measured by the density measurement
section is insufficient.
The number of effective AD data measured by the density
measurement section is less than the minimum number of effective
data (Note).
1. Check if the density of the film is normal.
2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND board.
3. Re-install the software.
4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board.
Note:
The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically
measured. The number of effective data required for 24-steps pattern
is above 3105, that for 17-steps pattern is above 2300, and that for
QC pattern is above 864.
DEN
04FF
Upper two bytes:
Processing
Lower two bytes:
Return value from API
API/driver related error Return value from API is error.
Board malfunction/CAN communication error
1. Check the CAN cable.
2. Replace the CPR board/SND board.
DEN
24FF
Upper two bytes:
Processing
Lower two bytes:
Return value from API
API/driver related error Return value from API is error.
Board malfunction/CAN communication error
1. Check the CAN cable.
2. Replace the CPR board/SND board.
DEN
0501 FFFF Scanner control
system file error
Scanner control system related
external file access error
• File read error
• File write error
• File conversion error
• File line specification error
• File column specification error
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. SCN
MT-71
MT-71DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0502 FFFF
Polygon control
parameter file read
error
Failed in reading the polygon control parameter
file during system start.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. POL
0504 FFFF Scanner control driver
setup error
Failed in scanner control driver setup when
system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. SCN
0505 FFFF Frame memory error Detected frame memory error during memory
diagnosis.
Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPR board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
0506 FFFF Line memory error Detected line memory error during memory
diagnosis.
Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPR board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
2510 Number of diagnosis Polygon error
(WARNING)
Detected polygon rotation error during scanner
initialization diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit, CPR board, or LDD board
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit,
LDD board, etc. and PRN board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
4. Replace the LDD board.
POL
0510 FFFF Polygon error
(FATAL)
Detected polygon rotation error for three times
continuously during scanner initialization
diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit, CPR board, or LDD board
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit,
LDD board, etc. and PRN board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
4. Replace the LDD board.
POL
MT-72
MT-72DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2512 0000 LD error Detected LD error for three times continuously
during scanner initialization diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or CPR board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
0512 FFFF LD error Detected LD error for three times continuously
during scanner initialization diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or CPR board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
0513 FFFF starting point detection
error
Detected starting point detection error for three
times continuously during scanner initialization
diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or CPR board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
0514 FFFF Leading edge
detection error
Detected leading edge detection error for three
times continuously during scanner initialization
diagnosis.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or CPR board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
MT-73
MT-73DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0515 FFFF Leading edge
detection timeout
Failed in detecting film leading edge during
recording.
Jam occurred during recording conveyance.
Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, ME1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the PRN board.
SCN
0516 FFFF Image recording
completion timeout
Failed in detecting image recording completion
during recording.
Jam occurred during recording conveyance.
Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film.
1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism
adjustments.
SD2, MD1, ME1
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the PRN board.
SCN
MT-74
MT-74DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0517 FFFF Leading edge search
power setting error
Failed in setting of leading edge search power.
(Laser amount fault)
Malfunction of the scanner unit or CPR board.
Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PC-Utility, and if errors
are detected, perform the following.
1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit
and CPR board.
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the CPR board.
SCN
1521 FFFF Main scanning width
adjustment error Input number of PLL value is illegal. Re-enter PLL value. SCN
1523 FFFF Scanning position
adjustment error Input number of start point pixels is illegal. Re-enter the start point pixels. SCN
05F0 FFFF Recording interruption
error
If the recording is interrupted halfway due to a
jam or interlock release, the subsequent print
will have an image quality problem. This is a
fatal error raised to prevent such a trouble.
Turn the power OFF and then ON. SCN
0810 FFFF Parameter file reading
failure
Failed in reading the film edge sensor control
parameter file during system startup.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. ESN
2811 8-B Edge sensor average
value data error
The average value read by the film edge
sensor is abnormal (outside range).
Film is not conveyed to the correct position, malfunction of the film
edge sensor LED, malfunction of the film edge sensor, malfunction of
the SND board.
1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring.
2. Replace the film edge sensor if operations are unstable in the
above.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
4. If the problem still persists, check the mechanism if film
conveyance is carried out properly.
ESN
2812 8-C No acquired data No data or cannot create file when acquiring
film edge sensor related data files.
Data file cannot be created because printing was not carried out once
or there is no data acquired from the film edge sensor.
After printing, acquire the file.
ESN
2813 FFFF Data write failure Failed in data write when creating film edge
sensor related data file.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. ESN
MT-75
MT-75DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2814 0 PLL initial value illegal
data acquisition
Value of the PLL initial value data received
from the SCN unit during system start was 0.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. ESN
2815 0 PLL current value
illegal data acquisition
Value of the PLL current value data received
from the SCN unit during system start was 0.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. ESN
2816 FFFF File open failure Failed in opening the file when creating film
edge sensor related data file.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. ESN
2819 8-B
Film edge sensor
acquired value data
error
The film edge sensor read value (data) was
abnormal (outside range).
Film is not conveyed to the correct position, malfunction of the film
edge sensor LED, malfunction of the film edge sensor, malfunction of
the SND board.
1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring.
2. If operations are still unstable after the above, replace the film
edge sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
4. If the problem still persists, check the mechanism if film
conveyance is carried out properly.
ESN
2820 8-B
Film edge sensor
acquisition value data
error (Pre-reading
home position check)
Value was abnormal (outside range) in the
home position check before film edge sensor
data reading.
Film edge sensor has not returned to home position.
Or malfunction of film edge sensor LED, film edge sensor, SND
board.
1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring.
2. If operations are still unstable after the above, replace the film
edge sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.
ESN
0901 9-D
Heat development
control parameter file
reading error
Failed in reading the heat development control
parameter file when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
0902 9-F TMS driver setup error
Failed in TMS driver (temperature
measurement task) setup when system was
started up.
Incorrect software installation error, CAN communication error.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the CAN cable.
DEV
0903 9-D
Heat development
calculation parameter
file reading error
Failed in reading the heat development control
parameter file when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
MT-76
MT-76DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0904 9-D
Temperature
conversion table file
reading error
Failed in reading the temperature conversion
table file when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
0905 9-E Plate setup error Failed in starting the plate control task when
the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
0906 9-E Fan setup error Failed in starting the fan control task when the
system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
2907 9-A Temperature
measurement error
At system start, the initial measured value
(average of four) of the temperature of a heater
was outside the -15°C to 150°C
range approximately 5 seconds after the setup
of the TMS driver
The plate temperature measurementis abnormal.
Malfunction of plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection
of the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND board are
set properly.
2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the PC-Utility.
Check the temperature of each thermistor visually.
Check if the temperature is a feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C).
The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the thermistor.
4. Replace the SND board.
5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
0907 None Power voltage setting
file reading error
Failed in power voltage setting file reading
when starting the system.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
0908 None
Sensitivity correction
(SBC) file reading
error
Failed in sensitivity correction (SBC) file
reading when starting the system.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
0909 None
Sensitivity correction
(KBC) file reading
error
Failed in sensitivity correction (KBC) file
reading when starting the system.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
MT-77
MT-77DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0910 None Equipment individual
data file reading error
Failed in equipment individual data file reading
when starting the system.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
2911 9-A Low temperature error
The temperature of a heater remained lower
than the target temperature even after the
specified time from the start of temperature
control (detection interval: 600ms, measured
1000 times continuously) and did not become
the appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
<Specified time>
100 V model: 15 minutes
200 V model: 10 minutes
The plate temperature is low.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection
thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the
heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or
malfunction of the heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the
thermal protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
If not hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the thermistor.
5. Replace the SND board.
6. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
0911 9-B Plate thermistor
disconnection error
Detected that the current temperature of a
heater dropped below -20°C for three times
continuously (detection interval: 600 ms), and
deter
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the
SND board, or disconnection of the CAN cable.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor,
and connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board.
5. Replace the CAN cable.
DEV
MT-78
MT-78DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0918 9-C
Film cooling
section thermistor
disconnection error
The film cooling section thermistor has
disconnected (Detected temperature dropped
below -20°C.).
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the
SND board.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor,
and connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board.
DEV
0919 9-C
Recording
section thermistor
disconnection error
The recording section thermistor has
disconnected (Detected temperature dropped
below -20°C.).
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the
SND board.
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor,
and connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Replace the thermistor.
3. Replace the SND board.
4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board.
DEV
MT-79
MT-79DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0920 9-F Initialization time
timeout
The temperature of all plates did not become
the appropriate temperature (within target
temperature ±1°C) even after the specified time
from the start of initialization.
Note:
1. Generally, as the low temperature error
(2911) and heater disconnection error
(0961), etc. occur before this error, the rate
of occurrence of this error is low.
2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
<Specified time>
100 V model: 30 minutes
200 V model: 25 minutes
The plate temperature is abnormal.
Malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of
the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND board, reset of
heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the
thermal protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/CAN/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If not hot, the heater/CAN/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to
step 4.
3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The film cooling section and recording section thermistors/CAN/
SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the CPR board.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND board.
8. Replace the cooling section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.
10. Replace the CAN cable.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-80
MT-80DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2921 9-A Temperature control
abnormally low error
During temperature control, the temperature
of a heater dropped below the appropriate
temperature range (within target temperature
±1°C), and did not return to the appropriate
temperature even after 5 minutes (detection
interval 600ms, measured 500 times
continuously).
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection
thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the
heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or
malfunction of the heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the
thermal protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heaterwith the hand.
If hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
If not hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the thermistor.
5. Replace the SND board.
6. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-81
MT-81DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2930 9-F Temperature control
timeout
The temperature of all plates did not become
the appropriate temperature (within target
temperature ±1°C) even after 20 minutes from
the start of initialization.
Note:
1. Generally, as the temperature control
abnormally low error (2921) and heater
disconnection error (0961), etc. occur
before this error, the rate of occurrence of
this error is low.
2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
The plate temperature is abnormal.
Disconnection of the plate temperature detection thermistor,
disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND
board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the
heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the
thermal protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
If not hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The film cooling section and recording section thermistor/SND
board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND board.
7. Replace the film cooling section thermistor.
8. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-82
MT-82DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2931 9-A Temperature
abnormally high error
During temperature control, the temperature of
a heater exceeded the appropriate temperature
range (within target temperature ±1°C), and
did not return to the appropriate temperature
even after 5 minutes (detection interval 600ms,
measured 500 times continuously).
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater,
or heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If not hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND board.
7. Replace the recording section thermistor.
8. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-83
MT-83DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2932 9-A
Temperature control
abnormally high 2
error
During temperature control, the temperature of
a heater exceeded the appropriate temperature
range (within target temperature ±1°C), and did
not return to the appropriate temperature even
after 10 minutes (detection interval 600ms,
measured 1000 times continuously).
The plate temperature is high.
Heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater,
or heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If not hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND board.
7. Replace the recording section thermistor.
8. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-84
MT-84DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2941 9-A Overheat 1 error
The temperature of a heater remained higher
than the target temperature even after 5
minutes from the start of temperature control
(detection interval: 600ms, measured 500
times continuously) and did not become the
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater,
or heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If not hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
If hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND board.
7. Replace the recording section thermistor.
8. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-85
MT-85DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2942 9-A Overheat 1-2 error
The temperature of a heater remained higher
than the target temperature even after 10
minutes from the start of temperature control
(detection interval: 600ms, measured 1000
times continuously) and did not become the
appropriate temperature.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
The plate temperature is high.
Heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater,
or heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed tostep 3.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If not hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
If hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
4. Replace the heater.
5. Replace the thermistor.
6. Replace the SND board.
7. Replace the recording section thermistor.
8. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
0950 9-A Cooling fan fault Due to the fault in the cooling fan, the internal
temperature has risen (75C°or higher). The fan is malfunctioning. DEV
MT-86
MT-86DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0951 9-A Overheat 2 error
Detected that the current temperature of
a heater exceeded 138°C for three times
continuously (detection interval: 600ms).
The plate temperature is high.
Temperature detection thermistor, heat development unit fan, heater,
HTD board, SND board or heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the HTD board/SND board are set correctly.
2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the
PC-Utility.
The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor/HTD board/SND board may be faulty.
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
Replace the connector and heat development unit fan.
3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand.
If not hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/ HTD board/SND board may be faulty.
If hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty.
4. Replace the HTD board.
5. Replace the heater.
6. Replace the thermistor.
7. Replace the SND board.
8. Replace the recording section thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
MT-87
MT-87DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2971 9-A
Temperature
measurement noise
(Level 2)
Difference between two continuous
temperature measurements
(detection interval: 600 ms) > 2°C
The plate temperature measurement is abnormal.
Malfunction of the plate temperature detection thermistor,
disconnection of the I/F cable with the SND board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND board are
set properly, and if the AD converter for temperature measurement
is affected by unidentifiable noise.
2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the PC-Utility.
Check the temperature of each thermistor visually.
Check that the measured value becomes the feasible value
(about 0°C to 130°C) and if there is a difference of 2°C within one
second.
The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the thermistor.
4. Replace the SND board.
5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
2991 9-D Temperature data
writing error
Failed in creating data file when acquiring
temperature data.
Note:
As Acquiring temperature data is a function
for design and evaluation (PC-Utility only), this
error does not occur in actual user operations.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
2992 None
Density drop
prevention file writing
error
Failed in creating density drop prevention file
when initialization completed.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
MT-88
MT-88DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
29A0 9-H
Heat development
control parameter
value error
The target temperature (individual data) or film
compensation information value obtained from
the barcode are abnormal.
The target temperature is abnormal or the film compensation
information parameter is abnormal, or malfunction of the barcode
reader.
1. If the target temperature is abnormal, set the target temperature
using the PC-Utility again.
2. If the film compensation information parameter (SBC) is abnormal,
enter the correct barcode.
3. If the barcode reader has malfunctioned, replace the barcode
reader.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
09A0 9-H
Heat development
control parameter
value error
Abnormal heat development control parameter
was detected when the system was started up.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
MT-89
MT-89DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
09B0 9-F Cold start timeout
error
The average rising temperature of the plate
remained less than 10 °C even after 5 minutes
from system start-up.
Note:
Error which occurs when heater control fails
due to electric malfunctions.
Abnormal rise in the plate temperature.
Connector malfunction, temperature detection thermistor malfunction,
disconnection of the I/F cable between heaters or between the heater
and SND board, heater reset by the thermal protector, or malfunction
of the heater port.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connector of the SND board are correctly set, and the thermal
protector reset is cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of the each heater with the
hand.
If hot, the heater is OK.
The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
If not hot, the heater/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to 3.
3. Replace the heater.
4. Replace the thermistor.
5. Replace the SND board.
6. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.
Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software.
DEV
09C0 0000 Heater voltage setting
incorrect error
While the heater voltage setting is 100 V, a
200 V power supply is connected and the HG4
thermistor has detected that the temperature
rapidly rises (Δ40 °C/min).
1. Change heater voltage setting in MUTL. DEV
09FD
Upper 2 bytes: Fixed
Lower 2 bytes:
Returned value from
motor reset API.
CAN related error Automatic notification of temperature from SND
board stopped.
Board malfunction/CAN communication error
1. Check the CAN cable.
2. Replace the CPR board/SND board.
DEV
29FE None Software logic error Failed in software control sequence Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
MT-90
MT-90DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
09FE None Software logic error Failed in software control sequence Incorrect software installation error.
1. Re-install the software. DEV
29FF
Upper two bytes:
Processing
Lower two bytes:
Return value from API
API/driver related error Return value from API is error.
Board malfunction/CAN communication error
1. Check the CAN cable.
2. Replace the CPR board/SND board.
DEV
09FF
Upper two bytes:
Processing
Lower two bytes:
Return value from API
API/driver related error Return value from API is error.
Board malfunction/CAN communication error
1. Check the CAN cable.
2. Replace the CPR board/SND board.
DEV
2A00 0000 GUI request
unacceptable A GUI request process is rejected.
Perform the operation again. If the error occurs again, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A01 0000 GUI request input
value invalid A GUI request process is rejected.
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the valuedoes not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A02 0000 GUI request input
value invalid
A GUI request input value is out of the
threshold range.
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
MT-91
MT-91DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2A03 0000 GUI request input
value invalid
The combination of GUI request input values is
invalid (In the motor rotation test, an impossible
rotation direction is specified).
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A04 0000 GUI request input
value invalid
The combination of GUI request input values is
invalid (In the time modification, an impossible
date is specified).
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
2A10 0000 Failed in processing
GUI request
Failed in processing a GUI request process
(global error).
Perform the operation again. If the error occurs again, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A11 0000
Failed in processing
GUI request (no
shutter)
Failed in processing a GUI request process (no
shutter when the tray open is requested).
If the error occurs with the machine that has the shutter, conduct the
following procedure (machine fault). In the other cases, you do not
have to conduct the following procedure (notifying an attention for the
user).
<The panel is faulty.>
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
MT-92
MT-92DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2A20 0000
GUI request
unacceptable (in
M-UTL)
A GUI request process is rejected. (In M-UTL)
Perform the operation again. If the error occurs again, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
<NOTE>
The error always occurs when an user enters M-UTILITY
after the FATAL error occurance and touches the [Return]
button.
(For preventing the screen from changing back to the
previous screen.)
PNLIF
2A21 0000
GUI request input
value invalid (in
M-UTL)
A GUI request process is rejected. (In M-UTL)
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A22 0000
GUI request input
value invalid (in
M-UTL)
A GUI request input value is out of the
threshold range. (In M-UTL)
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
2A23 0000
GUI request input
value invalid (in
M-UTL)
The combination of GUI request input values is
invalid (In the motor rotation test, an impossible
rotation direction is specified) (M-UTL).
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
MT-93
MT-93DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
2A24 0000
GUI request input
value invalid (in
M-UTL)
The combination of GUI request input values is
invalid (In the time modification, an impossible
date is specified) (M-UTL).
The user has inputted a wrong value.
If modifying the value does not resolve the problem, conduct the
following procedure.
<The panel is faulty.>
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
2A30 0000
Failed in processing
GUI request (in
M-UTL)
Failed in processing a GUI request process
(global error) (M-UTL).
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
0A90 0000 Failed in performing
version up
Failed in performing version up (inconsistency
is found in the version management).
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
0A91 0000 Failed in processing
start-up Failed in starting up the GUI.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
0AA0 0000 GUI logic error A software logic error is detected in the GUI.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
0AA1 0000 GUI file access error
A file access error is detected in the GUI.
* For the error log, QC history, and job list, an
access fail is not regarded as an error because
it is possible that there is no information.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
0AA2 0000 GUI communication
error
A CAN communication timeout is detected at
the GUI side.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
0AA3 0000 GUI communication
error
A communication error other than the CAN
communication timeout is detected at the GUI
side.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
GUI
MT-94
MT-94DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
Error
Code
Detailed
Information Error Name Significance Probable Cause and Remedy Component
0AA4 0000 GUI communication
error
A CAN communication timeout is detected at
the PNLIF side.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
0AA5 0000 GUI communication
error
A communication error other than the CAN
communication timeout is detected at the
PNLIF side.
The panel is faulty.
1. Check the harness.
2. Replace the panel assy or the CPR board.
PNLIF
1831 0000 Tray malfunction
(Tray1) The tray 1 is degenerated. Implement other occurring support by the error code. MAIN
1832 0000 Tray malfunction
(Tray2) The tray 2 is degenerated. Implement other occurring support by the error code. MAIN
1833 0000 Tray malfunction
(Tray3) The tray 3 is degenerated. Implement other occurring support by the error code. MAIN
1821 0000 Film empty (Tray 1) No film in the tray 1. Load the film. MAIN
1822 0000 Film empty (Tray 2) No film in the tray 2. Load the film. MAIN
1823 0000 Film empty (Tray 3) No film in the tray 3. Load the film. MAIN
2824 0000 Film empty (Tray 1) No film in the tray 1. Load the film. PNLIF
2825 0000 Film empty (Tray 2) No film in the tray 2. Load the film. PNLIF
2826 0000 Film empty (Tray 3) No film in the tray 3. Load the film. PNLIF
2827 0000 Film empty (Tray 1) (in
M-UTL) No film in the tray 1. (M-UTL) Load the film. PNLIF
2828 0000 Film empty (Tray 2) (in
M-UTL) No film in the tray 2. (M-UTL) Load the film. PNLIF
2829 0000 Film empty (Tray 3) (in
M-UTL) No film in the tray 3. (M-UTL) Load the film. PNLIF
MT-95
MT-95DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
BLANK PAGE
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-1
MC-1006-272-01E
PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS,
REPLACEMENTS, AND
ADJUSTMENTS
This chapter does not describeparts which require no special note or adjustments in
removal and installation.
For details on the removal of these parts, refer to the Service Parts List.
Also follow the precautions below when performing inspections, replacements, and
adjustments of parts.
WARNING
To prevent electrical shocks, be sure to turn OFF the power of this equipment
before starting work.
WARNING/CAUTION
Observe the warnings and cautions described in “SAFETY PRECAUTION”.
{SAFETY PRECAUTION}
CAUTION
When servicing this equipment, insert the shutter into the film tray as necessary.
Servicing with the shutter removed may cause stray light to expose the film,
resulting in an image quality problem.
Before performing the following works, ensure that the shutter is inserted.
• Removing the tray
• Removing the sub-scanning unit
• Removing the PSU37A/PSU31C or PSU37A/PSU31C board assembly
• Removing the vertical conveyor unit
CAUTION
• Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards and optical units. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause
damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical units.
• Never remove the screws painted in red.
• Never remove the upper cover of the optical unit.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
• The screws painted in yellow must be adjusted after the installation of parts.
When installing parts, follow the check/adjustment procedure provided.
• When removing the covers, insert shutter into the film tray to prevent
exposure of film to light.
• Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power
cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing
the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and
retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original
states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to
the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service
manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly
secure the parts.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The diagrams in this manual display the CHECK and FIT ON icons where
necessary.
When removing/reinstalling, following these icons.
• CHECK icon:
CHECK
When reinstalling removed parts, this is indicated if reinstalling positions must
be checked or adjusted.
This symbol is shown in illustrations of parts removal procedures. Whenever
this is shown, be sure to refer to “n CHECK/Adjusting procedure”.
• FIT ON icon:
When installing parts, this is indicated if alignment to the boss is required.
However, this is not indicated on bosses used for enhancing assembly and
preventing assembly accidents.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-2006-272-01E
MC-2
1. COVERS
1.1 Upper Rear Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the upper rear cover.
DRY80_F0001E.ai
2-TP3x6
Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.2 Middle Rear Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the middle rear cover.
DRY80_F0002E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6
Cover
#1
Clamp
#2
LAN Cable
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-3006-272-01E
MC-3
1.3 Lower Rear Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle rear cover.
{MC:1.2_Middle Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the lower rear cover.
DRY80_F0003E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6
Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.4 Upper Left Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the power cable.
A
#2
2-B4x12
Additional protective
grounding cable
DETAIL A #1
Screw
#2
Power cable
DRY80_F0004E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-4006-272-01E
MC-4
(3) Remove the upper left cover.
DRY80_F0005E.ai
Cover
5-TP3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.5 Middle Left Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle rear cover.
{MC:1.2_Middle Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the middle left cover.
DRY80_F0006E.ai
2-TP3x6
Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-5006-272-01E
MC-5
1.6 Lower Left Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the lower rear cover.
{MC:1.3_Lower Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the lower left cover.
DRY80_F0007E.ai
2-TP3x6
Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.7 Upper Right Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Open the front cover.
(3) Open the middle right cover.
(4) Remove the upper right cover.
DRY80_F0008E.ai
Upper right
cover
DETAIL BDETAIL A
B
A
#1
Special
screw
#2
DT3x6
#2
DT3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-6006-272-01E
MC-6
1.8 Middle Right Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle rear cover.
{MC:1.2_Middle Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the middle right cover.
DRY80_F0009E.ai
Cover
DETAIL A
A
Bracket
#1
Special
screw
#2
2-DT3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.9 Lower Right Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the lower rear cover.
{MC:1.3_Lower Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the lower right cover.
DRY80_F0010E.ai
Cover
DETAIL A
A
Bracket
#1
Special
screw
#2
2-DT3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-7006-272-01E
MC-7
1.10 Upper Film Loading Unit Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Open the front cover.
(3) Remove the upper film loading unit cover.
DRY80_F0011E.ai
#1
3-TP3x6Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.11 Middle Film Loading Unit Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Remove the middle film loading unit cover.
DRY80_F0012E.ai
#1
3-TP3x6Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-8006-272-01E
MC-8
1.12 Lower Film Loading Unit Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the lower film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Remove the lower film loading unit cover.
DRY80_F0013E.ai
#1
3-TP3x6Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
1.13 Upper Cover
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper left cover.
{MC:1.4_Upper left Cover}
(2) Open the front cover.
(3) Open the upper right cover.
(4) Remove the upper cover.
DRY80_F0014E.ai
#2
[Remove]
7-TP3x6
#2
[Loosen]
1-TP3x6
Cover
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-9006-272-01E
MC-9
1.14 Operation Panel
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper cover.
{MC:1.13_Upper Cover}
(2) Remove the operation panel.
DRY80_F0093E.ai
#1
3-TP3x6Operation panel
#1
1-TP3x6
(3) Remove the cables from the operation panel.
DRY80_F0094E.ai
#1
Edge saddle
#2
Clamp
#3
CN9
#3
CN6
#3
CN2
#4
Edge saddle
#5
Clamp
#6
LED2
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-10
MC-10006-272-01E
2. FRAME
2.1 Interlock Switch Assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper cover.
{MC:1.13_Upper Cover}
(2) Remove the interlock switch assembly (SK1/SK2).
DRY80_F0015E.ai
Interlock switch assembly (SK1/SK2)
#1
2-TP3x6
#2
SK1-COM
#2
SK2-NC
<NOTE>
To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal), press in the unlocking latch
located on the connector as shown below.
Faston terminal
Unlocking latch
DRY60_F0040E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
If the interlock switch has been removed from the interlock switch assembly
(SK1/SK2), refer to “n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure” and adjust the attaching
position.
{n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-11
MC-11006-272-01E
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
(1) Temporarily secure theinterlock switch assembly (SK1/SK2).
<NOTE>
Move the interlock switch assembly (SK1/SK2) to the very back and temporarily
secure it.
DRY60_F0041E.ai
#1
Interlock switch assembly
(SK1/SK2)
#2
2-TP3x6
(2) Close the upper right cover and front cover.
(3) Adjust the attached position of the interlock switch assembly (SK1/
SK2).
<NOTE>
• After confirming the “click” sound of the interlock switch, move it by another 1
mm towards the front of the equipment.
• When moving the interlock switch assembly (SK1/SK2) to the front at #2 in the
following figure, move it horizontally.
DRY60_F0042E.ai
1mm
#4
[Move by 1mm]
Interlock switch assembly
#3
[Sounds]
Click
#2
[Move]
Interlock switch
assembly (SK1/SK2)
#1
[Loosen]
2-TP3x6
#5
[Secure]
2-TP3x6
(4) Open and close the front cover, and check that the interlock switch
turns ON/OFF from the sounds made.
(5) Using the PC Utility, check that the interlock function is working
normally.
{MU:3.4 [10-9]_Inter Lock Check}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-12
MC-12006-272-01E
2.2 Interlock Switch (SK3/SK4) Assembly
<REMARKS>
Each of the middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own interlock switch
(SK3/SK4) assembly.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle / lower rear cover.
{MC:1.3_Lower Rear Cover}
(2) Open the middle / lower right cover.
(3) Remove the interlock switch (SK3/SK4) assembly.
DRY80_F0016e.ai
DETAIL A
A
#2
2-TP3x6
#1
Clamp
SK3/SK4
assembly Cable
#3
SK3-COM /
SK4-COM
#4
SK3-NC /
SK4-NC
SK3/SK4
assembly
<NOTE>
To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal), press in the unlocking latch
located on the connector as shown below.
Faston terminal
Unlocking latch
DRY60_F0040E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-13006-272-01E
MC-13
3. FILM LOADING UNIT
3.1 Film Tray
<REMARKS>
Each of the upper, middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own film tray.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
<NOTE>
When pulling out the film tray from the equipment, insert the shutter into the film tray
to prevent exposure of film to light.
(1) Insert the shutter into the upper film tray.
(2) Remove the upper / middle / lower left cover.
{MC:1.4_Upper Left Cover}
{MC:1.5_Middle Left Cover}
{MC:1.6_Lower Left Cover}
(3) Remove the film tray.
<REMARKS>
The length from the hole for inserting a screwdriver to the manual release arm is
120 mm horizontally and 15 mm vertically.
DRY60_F0043.ai
120mm
15mm
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-14006-272-01E
MC-14
<NOTE>
The manual release arm can be operated with moderate force, and may damage
if pushed in too strongly or pushed with a screwdriver.
DRY80_F0017E.ai
#1
Cap
#3
Film tray
#2
Arm
DETAIL A
A
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of the removal.
Note that there is no need to move the manual release arm with a screwdriver, simply
push in the film tray.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-15006-272-01E
MC-15
3.2 Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit
<REMARKS>
Each of the upper, middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own removal
unit/film loading unit.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
3.2.1 When removing the removal unit/film loading unit
temporarily
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Remove the film loading unit cover.
{MC:1.10_Upper Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.11_Middle Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.12_Lower Film Loading Unit Cover}
(3) Remove the part of the vertical conveyor unit drive transmission gear
assembly.
DRY80_F0097E.ai
#2
[Remove]
Vertical conveyance
unit drive transmission
gear assembly (part)
#1
[Remove]
TP3x6
<NOTE>
- The gear is not fixed so that be careful not to fall off the gear during the
removal procedure.
- When attaching the gear that has fallen off, be sure to attach it as shown in the
figure without mistaking the back for front.
DRY80_F0107E.ai
Gear
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-16006-272-01E
MC-16
(4) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
#2
2-TP3x6
Removal unit/
Film loading unit
#1
Upper: CN12J
Middle: CN22J
Lower: SA32J
#1
Upper: CN1*J
Middle: CN20J
Lower: CN30J
#1
Upper: CN11J
Middle: CN21J
Lower: CN31J
#1
Upper: CN3J
Middle: CN23J
Lower: CN33J
DRY80_F0114E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-17006-272-01E
MC-17
3.2.1 When replacing the removal unit/film loading unit with
the new assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Remove the film loading unit cover.
{MC:1.10_Upper Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.11_Middle Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.12_Lower Film Loading Unit Cover}
(3) Remove the vertical conveyor unit drive transmission gear assembly.
DRY80_F0024E.ai
#2
[Remove]
Vertical conveyance
unit drive transmission
gear assembly
#1
[Remove]
Fixing screw
<NOTE>
- The gears are not fixed so that be careful not to fall off the gears during the
removal procedure.
- When attaching the gear that has fallen off, be sure to attach it as shown in the
figure without mistaking the back for front.
DRY80_F0108E.ai
Gear (Upper) Gear (Lower)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-18006-272-01E
MC-18
(4) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
#2
2-TP3x6
Removal unit/
Film loading unit
#1
Upper: CN12J
Middle: CN22J
Lower: SA32J
#1
Upper: CN1*J
Middle: CN20J
Lower: CN30J
#1
Upper: CN11J
Middle: CN21J
Lower: CN31J
#1
Upper: CN3J
Middle: CN23J
Lower: CN33J
Do not fall off
DRY80_F0018E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Temporarily fix the vertical conveyor unit drive transmission gear
assembly.
DRY80_F0109.ai
TP3x6
(2) Attach the tool, and press the part A to make the gears meshed.
DRY80_F0110E.ai
Tool
Part A
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-19006-272-01E
MC-19
(3) Obtain an appropriate backlash (clearance) between the turn roller
gear and the vertical conveyor unit drive transmission gear assembly
shown in the figure.
DRY80_F0111E.ai
Vertical conveyor unit drive
transmission gear assembly
#1[Adjust]
Backlash
Turn roller gear
(4) Fix the screw that is attached in the step (1).
(5) Remove the jig.
3.3 Tray Interlock Switch Assembly (SA12/
SA22/SA32)
<REMARKS>
Each of the upper, middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own tray
interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the tray interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32).
DRY80_F0019E.ai
#2
TP3x6
Switch assembly
(SA12/SA22/SA32)
#1
NC
#1
COM
<NOTE>
To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal), press in the unlocking latch
located on the connector as shown below.
Faston terminal
Unlocking latch
DRY60_F0040E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-20006-272-01E
MC-20
n Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Temporarily secure the tray interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/
SA32).
<NOTE>
Temporarily secure with the tray interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32)
moved to the very end.
DRY80_F0020E.ai
#1
[Move]
Switch assembly
(SA12/SA22/SA32)
#2
[Tighten]
TP3x6
(2) Insert the film tray into the film loading unit.
<NOTE>
• If the switch clicks with a sound when pushing in the tray, perform steps(3) to (6).
• If it does not click with a sound, perform only step (8).
(3) At the point when the switch clicks with a sound, measure the length
from the rear end of the film tray to the film loading unit frame (A).
DRY60_F0051E.ai
[Measure] (A)
(4) Push in the film tray and check that it locks, and then pull out the tray.
<REMARKS>
The film tray may shake slightly even when locked. To improve the precision
of attaching the tray interlock switch (SA12/SA22/SA32), pull out the film tray
towards the front of the equipment in the locked state, and then proceed to the
next step.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-21006-272-01E
MC-21
(5) Measure the length from the rear end of the film tray to the film loading
unit frame again (B).
DRY60_F0052E.ai
[Measure] (B)
(6) Perform one of the following procedure using the value obtained by
subtracting (B) from the measured value (A).
• When above 0mm : Step (7)
• When value is negative : Step (8)
(7) Push the tray interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32) in the
arrow direction as shown in the following figure, and tighten the screw
firmly.
<NOTE>
If the value obtained by subtracting (B) from the measured value (A) in step (6) is
as follows, completely tighten the screw at the indicated position.
• 0 mm :
Move the film detection switch (SA12/SA22/SA32) by 2mm in the arrow
direction, and
completely tighten the screw.
• +1 mm :
Move the film detection switch (SA12/SA22/SA32) by 1 mm in the arrow
direction, and
completely tighten the screw.
• +2 mm :
Completely tighten the screw there.
DRY80_F0021E.ai
#1
[Push]
Switch assembly
(SA12/SA22/SA32)
#2
[Tighten]
TP3x6
Distance moved
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-22006-272-01E
MC-22
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
With the film tray locked, check that:
• There is still extra actuator stroke when the film tray is pushed.
• The switch does not "click" when the film tray is pulled.
<NOTE>
When connecting the connectors (faston terminal), ensure that they are facing as
shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminals will be hard to disconnect.
DRY60_F0055E.ai
NC
COM
Faston terminal Unlocking latch
Connect the faston terminals
with the unlocking latch facing forward.
(8) Push the tray interlock switch assembly (SA12/SA22/SA32) in the
arrow direction as shown in the following figure, and tighten the screw
firmly.
<NOTE>
Push the tray interlock switch in the arrow direction until a "click" sound is heard.
Then, push it further by another 2 mm, and then tighten the screw.
DRY80_F0022E.ai
2mm
#1
[Push]
Switch assembly
(SA12/SA22/SA32) #3
[Push in 2mm]
#4
[Tighten]
TP3x6
#2
[Sound]Clicks
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-23006-272-01E
MC-23
<NOTE>
To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal), press in the unlocking latch
located on the connector as shown below.
Faston terminal
Unlocking latch
DRY60_F0040E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
When connecting the connectors (faston terminal), ensure that they are facing as
shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminals will be hard to disconnect.
DRY60_F0055E.ai
NC
COM
Faston terminal Unlocking latch
Connect the faston terminals
with the unlocking latch facing forward.
3.4 Tray Lock Assembly
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own tray lock assembly.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the tray lock assembly.
DRY80_F0023E.ai
Tray lock assembly
#2
2-DT3x6
#1
NC
#1
COM
#1
SOLA 1/2/3
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-24006-272-01E
MC-24
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
3.5 Squeezing Roller
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own squeezing roller.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
<NOTE>
When removing the squeezing roller, be sure to not drop or lose the roller.
(2) Remove the squeezing roller.
DRY60_F0059E.ai
#2
Blacket
#1
DT3x6
Squeezing roller
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-25006-272-01E
MC-25
n Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Reinstall the sensor.
(2) Reinstall the film size detection sensor together with the blacket to the
Film loading unit.
(3) Check that each claw of sensor is tightly hooked on the hole of the
blacket.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Be sure to perform this confirmation work. If the sensor was not attached
securely, the sensor may be damaged by the fall on trayinsertion/extraction.
DRY80_F0025E.ai
<Claws are firmly hooked.> <Claws are disengaged.>
NO GOOD
GOOD
3.6 Film detection sensor (SA13/SA23/SA33)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the film detection sensor together with the blacket.
DRY80_F0095E.ai
#1
Edge saddle x2
#3
2-TP3x6
#2
CN(SA13/23/33)
(2) Remove the sensor.
DRY80_F0096E.ai
Actuator
SA13/23/33
Spring
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-26006-272-01E
MC-26
3.7 Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor
Assembly (SA11/SA21/SA31)
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own film pack/shutter detection sensor assembly (SA11/SA21/
SA31).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the film tray.
{MC:3.1_Film Tray}
(2) Remove the film loading unit cover.
{MC:1.10_Upper Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.11_Middle Film Loading Unit Cover}
{MC:1.12_Lower Film Loading Unit Cover}
(3) Remove the film pack/shutter detection sensor assembly (SA11/SA21/
SA31).
DRY80_F0026E.ai
#2
CN (SA11/SA21/SA31)
#1
DT3x6
Sensor assembly
(SA11/SA21/SA31)
DETAIL A
A
A
A
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-27006-272-01E
MC-27
3.8 Upper BCR Assembly (SA14)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper/middle removal unit/film loading units.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the upper BCR Assembly (SA14).
DRY80_F0027E.ai
DETAIL A
#2
SA14
A
#3
1-TP3x6
#1
Clamp
#4
BCR Assembly
<REMARKS>
Attaching position of BCR
<28x35/26x36/25x30/20x25 cm size><35x43/35x35 cm size>
DRY80_F0055E.ai
BCR BCR
<NOTE>
When switching the position of the barcode reader, be sure to hold the position
shown in the figure and not to touch the mirror.
DRY80_F0103E.aiMirror
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-28006-272-01E
MC-28
3.9 Middle BCR Assembly (SA24)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle/lower removal unit/film loading units.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the middle BCR Assembly (SA24).
DRY80_F0099E.ai
DETAIL A
#2
SA24
#1
Clamp
#4
BCR Assembly
A
#3
1-TP3x6
<REMARKS>
Attaching position of BCR
<28x35/26x36/25x30/20x25 cm size><35x43/35x35 cm size>
DRY80_F0055E.ai
BCR BCR
<NOTE>
When switching the position of the barcode reader, be sure to hold the position
shown in the figure and not to touch the mirror.
DRY80_F0103E.aiMirror
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-29006-272-01E
MC-29
3.10 Lower BCR Assembly (SA34)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the lower removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the lower BCR Assembly (SA34).
DRY80_F0100E.aiDETAIL A
A
#1
4-TP3x6
(3) Remove the connector.
DRY80_F0101.ai
#1
CN(SA34)
(4) Remove the lower BCR assembly (SA34).
DRY80_F0102E.ai
#1
TP3x6
#2
BCR assembly
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-30006-272-01E
MC-30
<REMARKS>
Attaching position of BCR
<28x35/26x36/25x30/20x25 cm size><35x43/35x35 cm size>
DRY80_F0112E.ai
BCR BCR
<NOTE>
When switching the position of the barcode reader, be sure to hold the position
shown in the figure and not to touch the mirror.
DRY80_F0113E.aiMirror
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-31006-272-01E
MC-31
4. REMOVAL UNIT
4.1 Removal Unit
<REMARKS>
Each of the upper, middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own removal
unit/film loading unit.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the removal exit cover.
DRY60_F0061E.ai
#1
5-TP3x6
Removal unit/Film loading unit
Cover
(3) Disconnect the connectors, and release the clamps.
<NOTE>
To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal), press in the unlocking latch
located on the connector as shown below.
Faston terminal
Unlocking latch
DRY60_F0040E.ai
DRY80_F0028E.ai
#1
SA2
NC
#1
SA2
COM
#1
SOLA1/2/3
#1
CN12P
CN22P
CN32P
#2
Clamp
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-32006-272-01E
MC-32
(4) Remove the removal unit.
<NOTE>
• Use caution not to deform the bottom of the removal unit when removing and
placing it on the table.
• When servicing the removal unit, ensure that it is placed on the film loading
unit.
Servicing the removal unit directly on the table may deform the bottom of the
removal unit.
DRY60_F0063E.ai
#1
5-DT3x6
Removai unit
Film loading unit
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
• When reinstalling the removal unit, tighten the screws in the order shown below.
Tightening the screws in the wrong order may lead to troubles such as film jams.
DRY60_F0064.ai
#2
#1
• When connecting the connectors (faston terminal), ensure that they are facing as
shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminals will be hard to disconnect.
DRY60_F0055E.ai
NC
COM
Faston terminal Unlocking latch
Connect the faston terminals
with the unlocking latch facing forward.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-33006-272-01E
MC-33
4.2 Suction Cup Arm
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own suction cup arm.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Move the suction cup arm.
<REMARKS>
If the suction cup arm is at the home position, move it in the arrow direction. If
you attempt to remove the suction cup arm when it is at the home position, the
suction cup arm comes in contact with the auxiliary plate.
DRY60_F0065E.ai
Suction cup arm
Auxiliary plate
(3) Remove the suction cup arm.
DRY80_F0029E.ai
#3
4-TP3x6
#2
SB12/SB22/
SB32
#1
Clamp
Suction cup arm
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-34006-272-01E
MC-34
4.3 Suction Cup
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the suction cup arm.
{MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}
(2) Remove the suction cup.
DRY60_F0067E.ai
#2
Suction cup
#1
Nozzle
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-35006-272-01E
MC-35
4.4 Bellows
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the suction cup arm.
{MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}
(2) Remove the suction cup unit.
Suction cup unit
#2
2-E3
#1
2-E3
Plate
DRY80_F0030E.ai
(3) Remove the bellows.
DRY80_F0031E.ai
Bellows
Spring
Blacket
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-36006-272-01E
MC-36
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
When reinstalling the bellows, insert the bracket into the second groove from the top
of the bellows.
DRY60_F0070E.ai
Bellows
Holder
Bracket
2nd groove
nCHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Check for air leak by the following steps.
(1) Suction the film with the suction cup manually and check that the film
does not drop off for about 60 seconds.
(2) Press the suction cup arm against the film until the bottommost
position of the actuator for detection SB12/SB22/SB32 passes the
SB12/SB22/SB32 detection point.
DRY80_F0032E.ai
#1
[Press]
Suction cup arm
Film
#2
[Lift]
Suction cup arm
Actuator
Sense
point
SB12/SB22/
SB32
16mm
Suction
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-37006-272-01E
MC-37
4.5 Film Surface Detection Sensor
(SB12/SB22/SB32)
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own film surface detection sensor (SB12/SB22/SB32).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the suction cup arm.
{MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}
(2) Remove the film surface detection sensor (SB12/SB22/SB32).
SB12/SB22/SB32#1
DT3x6
DRY80_F0033E.ai
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-38006-272-01E
MC-38
4.6 Film Removing Motor (MB11/MB21/MB31)
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own film removing motor (MB11/MB21).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the film removing motor (MB11/MB21/MB31).
DRY80_F0034E.ai
#1
MB11/MB21/
MB31
MB11/MB21/
MB31
#2
3-TP4x8
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-39006-272-01E
MC-39
4.7 Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB12/
MB22/MB32)
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own removal unit conveyance motor (MB12/MB22/MB32).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Remove the removal unit conveyance motor (MB12/MB22/MB32).
DRY80_F0035E.ai
#1
MB12/MB22/
MB32
MB12/MB22/MB32
#2
2-TP3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-40006-272-01E
MC-40
4.8 Removal Drive Cam (Front side)
<REMARKS>
Each of the removal units/film loading units for the upper, middle and lower sections of
this equipment has its own removal drive cam.
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit.
{MC:4.1_Removal Unit}
(2) Move the suction cup arm to the home position.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Move the suction cup arm to the home position in advance. If the suction cup arm
assembly is not at the home position during the work, a phase shift occurs.
(3) Remove the removal unit conveyance motor (MB12/MB22/MB32).
{MC:4.7_Removal Unit Conveyance Motor(MB12/MB22/MB32)}
(4) Remove the gear cover assembly (A).
DRY60_F0075E.ai
#2
4-DT3x6
Gear cover assembly (A)
#1
Clamp
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-41006-272-01E
MC-41
(5) Remove the link gear and idle gear.
DRY80_F0036E.ai
Gear cover
assembly (B)
Link gear
Idle gear
Bearing
#2
Clamp
Exit roller gear#3
E5
#5
5-DT3x6
#4
E6
#1
CN1-P/
CN2-P/
CN3-P
#1
CN11-P/
CN21-P/
CN31-P
#1
CN13-P/
CN23-P/
CN33-P
(6) Remove the removal drive cam (front side) together with the crank.
DRY60_F0077E.ai
#1
E3
#1
E3
Suction cup arm assembly
Crank
Crank
Removal drive cam
(front side)
Removal drive cam
(front side)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-42006-272-01E
MC-42
n Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Move the suction cup arm to the home position.
<REMARKS>
When moving the suction cup arm, rotate the shaft by a slotted screwdriver as
shown in the following figure.
DRY60_F0079.ai
(2) Reinstall the removal drive cam (front side) together with the crank.
(3) Reinstall the idle gear to the shaft.
(4) Reinstall the link gear to the gear cover assembly (B).
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the link gear, ensure that the two holes on the link gear are
aligned at the bottom of the peeping holes on the gear cover assembly (B) as
shown below.
DRY60_F0078E.ai
Link gear
Gear cover assembly (B)
Hole
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-43006-272-01E
MC-43
(5) Insert the pins into the two holes on link gear, adjust the phase of the
removal drive cam, and reinstall the gear cover assembly (B).
<NOTE>
• Do not install the bearing of the idle gear at this time.
• The pins to be used must not be extremely thin or easy to deform and should
fit the holes on the gear as closely as possible.
DRY60_F0080E.ai
#1
Pin
#2
5-DT3x6
Gear cover assembly (B)
(6) Pull out the pin, and check that the link gear is attached correctly.
<NOTE>
The two holes on link gear should be aligned to the holes on the removal drive
cam.
DRY60_F0081E.ai
Link gear
Removal
drive cam
long hole ( mark)
Hole position
<REMARKS>
Any gear in position of the removal drive cam can be checked by visually
checking the mark on the cam from the long hole of the link gear.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-44006-272-01E
MC-44
(7) If with the phases of the front removal drive cam and that of the rear
removal drive cam corresponding, disengage idle gear, align the rib
position of idle gear and that of link gear, and adjust the front and rear
phases.
DRY60_F0150.ai
#2
Idle gear
#1
Shaft
Link gearIdle gear
Rib position
#3
Shaft
(8) Reinstall the bearing to the shaft of idle gear.
(9) Reinstall the exit roller gear.
(10) Reinstall the gear cover assembly (A).
(11) Reinstall the removal unit conveyance motor (MB12/MB22/MB32).
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
After reinstalling the removal drive cam, check that the suction cup arm moves
smoothly. Also visually check that the suction cup arm is horizontal.
<NOTE>
After checking the operation, move the suction cup arm to the home position.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-45006-272-01E
MC-45
4.9 Suction Cup Arm HP Detection
Sensor (SB11/SB21/SB31)
<REMARKS>
Each of the upper, middle and lower sections of this equipment has its own suction
cup arm HP detection sensor (SB11/SB21/SB31).
Although this section describes the procedure common to them, the part/unit names
and the procedures to be referred to may be different. In that case, refer to the
relevant procedure as necessary.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.
{MC:3.2_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}
(2) Move the suction cup arm from the home position.
<REMARKS>
If the suction cup arm is at the home position, move it in the arrow direction. If
you attempt to remove the suction cup arm when it is at the home position, the
suction cup arm comes in contact with the auxiliary plate.
DRY60_F0065E.ai
Suction cup arm
Auxiliary plate
(3) Remove the suction cup arm HP detection sensor (SB11/SB21).
DRY80_F0037E.ai
#1
SB11/SB21/SB31 #2
SB11/SB21/
SB31
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-46006-272-01E
MC-46
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
If the cable in the removal unit is loose, pull it outside slightly without disconnecting
the connector, and secure with the clamp.
DRY60_F0083E.ai
[Pull out]
Cable
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-47006-272-01E
MC-47
5. CONVEYOR UNIT
5.1 Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Open the front cover.
(3) Remove the belt cover.
DRY80_F0038E.ai
#1
2-TP4x8
Cover
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.
Conveyor unit exit assembly
DRY80_F0039E.ai
Blacket#3
2-DT3x6
#1
CN7-J
#2
Gear
#1
SOLD 1
#1
CN10-J
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-48006-272-01E
MC-48
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
• When reinstalling the conveyor unit exit assembly, fit the boss on the bottom of the
conveyor unit exit assembly into the slot on the slide guide.
DRY60_F0086.ai
• When reinstalling the second gear from the front, push in the shaft for ease of work.
DRY60_F0087E.ai
Shaft
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Check that the hook of the rear gear is hooked onto the groove of the shaft.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-49006-272-01E
MC-49
5.2 Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.
{MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly.
DRY60_F0088E.ai
#1
2-DT3x6
#2
2-Ps3x8
Roller assembly
#3
Actuator
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-50006-272-01E
MC-50
5.3 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly.
{MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower).
DRY60_F0089E.ai
#1
2-Ps3x8Guide (lower)
#2
Arm
#3
[Release]
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-51006-272-01E
MC-51
5.4 Stopper Assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower).
{MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}
(2) Remove the stopper assembly.
DRY60_F0090E.ai
Stopper assembly
#1
Actuator
#2
Stopper assembly
protrusion
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-52006-272-01E
MC-52
5.5 Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower).
{MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}
(2) Remove the stopper solenoid (SOLD1).
DRY60_F0091E.ai
#1
Actuator
#3
CN (SOLD1)
#4
Ps3x8
SOLD1
DETAIL A
A
#2
Stopper assembly
protrusion
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-53006-272-01E
MC-53
5.6 Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the stopper assembly.
{MC:5.4_Stopper Assembly}
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit roller (lower).
DRY60_F0092E.ai
#1
Gear
Roller
#2
E6
Bearing
Bearing
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-54006-272-01E
MC-54
5.7 Film Edge Sensor (SD5)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the stopper assembly.
{MC:5.4_Stopper Assembly}
(2) Remove the film edge sensor (SD5).
DRY60_F0093E.ai
SD5
#4
E3
SD5 Assembly
#2
CN (SD5)
#1
Ps3x8
#5
2-B2x6
Arm
Encoder
Spring
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-55006-272-01E
MC-55
5.8 Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide
n Removing Procedure
(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Open the upper right cover.
(3) Remove the upper conveyor unit open/close guide.
DRY60_F0094E.ai
#1 / #3
Guide
Cleaning roller
#2
Arm
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n Engagement Adjustment of Conveyor Unit Drive Transmission
Gear
When the bracketof the conveyor unit drive transmission gear has been removed
or when the fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to adjust the
engagement of the conveyor unit drive transmission gear.
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
(2) Obtain an appropriate backlash (clearance) between the turn roller
gears and the conveyor unit drive transmission gear shown in the
figure.
DRY60_F0095E.ai
#1[Loosen]
#3[Tighten]
Fixing screw
Turn roller gear
#2[Secure]
Backlash
Conveyance unit
drive transmission
gear
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-56006-272-01E
MC-56
5.9 Upper conveyor unit drive transmission
gear unit
n Check procedures before removing the gear
When dealing with upper conveyor unit drive transmission gear unit with some sort
of problem, be sure to check operation is performed. Confirm whether or not an error
occurs before removing the gear or the gear cover. No problem occurs in the gear
connection unit as the result of check operation was normal.
Operation of gear connection unit is shown in the following figure (gear/gear cover is
attached), confirmed by rotating the gear of driving motor by hands.
DRY60_F0152_E.aiThe gear of motor is rotated by hands.
ギ
The gear position is moved.
The gear position is moved.
The following figure shows the state when the cover was removed. Check procedures
can be performed with the cover attached.
l Operation confirmation 1 (gears connected state)
Each gear is connected to each by rotating motor gear counterclockwise by hands.
Further, rotate the gear of motor and check that connected gear group is rotated.
Driving gears are as below.
DRY60_F0153_E.ai
Gears connected
Gears connected
: Driving gears
l Operation confirmation 2 (gears separated state)
The connected gear separates by rotating the gear of motor clockwise by hands.
Further, rotate the gear of motor and check that unconnected gear is not rotated.
Driving gears are as below.
DRY60_F0154_E.ai
Gears separated
Gears separated
: Driving gears
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-57006-272-01E
MC-57
n The state of the arm when removing the gear cover blacket
The arm which is not fixed to the gear may fall when the gear cover blacket is
removed. Before reinstalling the gear cover blacket, the arm should be fitted to
protruding part of the gear as shown in the figure below. Then reinstall the gear cover
blacket. The arm is not fixed in the normal state. Do not fix the arm in the protruding
part of the gear using with tapes or papers.
DRY60_F0155_E.ai
Do not fix the arm.
If the arm is deformed, it should be replaced with a new arm. Deforming arm may
cause a conveyance jam. Bending the arm by hands is strictly prohibited.
DRY60_F0156_E.ai
<Normal> <Abnormal>
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-58006-272-01E
MC-58
5.10 Conveyor Unit Turn Roller
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit open/close guide.
{MC:5.8_Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide}
(2) Remove the conveyor unit turn roller.
DRY80_F0041E.ai
Guide plate
Roller
#2
Gear
Bearing
#4
E6
#3
2-DT3x6
Bearing
#1
E6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-59006-272-01E
MC-59
5.11 Film Conveyance Motor (MD1)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the scanner unit.
{MC:7.1_Scanner Unit}
(2) Remove the clamp.
DRY80_F0040E.ai
Clamp
(3) Turn over the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
CAUTION
• The sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit is very heavy.When handling it, be
careful not drop or otherwise damage it.
• When turning over the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit upside down,
be careful not to apply load to the upper conveyor unit open/close guide or
not to let the upper conveyor unit open/close guide contact the floor.
DRY60_F0097E.ai
Guide
Front view
Guide Guide
Sub-scanning unit/
upper conveyor unit
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-60006-272-01E
MC-60
(4) Remove the base.
DRY60_F0098E.ai
Base
#2
4-TP4x8
#1
TP4x6 Grounding wire
(5) Remove the film conveyance motor (MD1).
DRY60_F0099E.ai
#1
CN (MD1) MD1
#2
2-BR4x8
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-61006-272-01E
MC-61
5.12 Conveyance Gear
n Engagement Adjustment of the Conveyer Unit Exit Gear
When the bracket of the conveyer unit exit gear has been removed or when the
fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to perform engagement
adjustment of the conveyer unit exit gear.
(1) Perform engagement adjustment by inserting a 0.5 mm-thick spacer
between the conveyor unit exit gear and the conveyor unit exit
assembly gear.
<NOTE>
The spacer must be inserted between the flanges of both gears.
<REMARKS>
The thickness of a 150mm steel ruler is 0.5mm.
DRY60_F0100E.ai
#2
[Insert] Spacer
Flange
Flange
#1[Loosen]
#3[tighten] Fixing screw
Conveyer unit exit gear
Conveyer unit exit assembly gear
(2) Remove the spacer.
Check than the spacer comes out easily.
<REMARKS>
If the spacer does not come out easily, the gear engagement may be too tight.
(3) After attaching the removed parts, power on the equipment.
(4) Output the flat pattern.
{MU:3.4 [6-4]_Flat Pattern}
(5) Check that there is no horizontal streak unevenness in 55mm pitch on
the output film.
<NOTE>
The unevenness above is caused by tight gear engagement. If the unevenness
appears, perform the adjustment again.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-62
MC-62006-272-01E
6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT
6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the upper film loading unit cover.
{MC:1.10_Upper Film Loading Unit Cover}
(3) Remove the belt cover.
DRY80_F0042E.ai
#1
2-TP4x8
Cover
(4) Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.
{MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}
(5) Remove the upper right cover.
{MC:1.7_Upper Right Cover}
(6) Remove the stay.
DRY80_F0043E.ai
#1
3-TP3x6
Stay
#2
3-DT3x6
Stay
DETAIL A
A
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-63
MC-63006-272-01E
(7) Disengage the cable connectors from the backside of the sub-
scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
DRY80_F0044E.ai
#2
CN1-J
#2
CN7-J
#2
CN10-J
#2
CN2
#2
SOLD1
#2
CN9-J
#2
CN5-J #1
Clamp
#1
Edge saddle#1
Clampx7
(8) Disengage the cable connectors from the right side of the sub-
scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
#1
[Loosen]
2-BR3x8
#2
LDD-CN1
#2
LDD-CN3
#2
LDD-CN9
#2
LDD-CN7
Connector cover
DRY80_F0045E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-64
MC-64006-272-01E
(9) Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
CAUTION
The sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit is very heavy.When handling it, be
careful not drop or otherwise damage it.
<NOTE>
When removing the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit, hold the portions
shown in the following figure.
DRY60_F0106E.ai
When lifting up
When pushing
When drawing/
When pushing
<REMARKS>
When removing the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit, move it along the
guide slots.
DRY60_F0107E.ai
Guide holes
DRY80_F0046E.ai
Sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit
#2
2-TP4x8
#1
TP4x8Washer
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-65
MC-65006-272-01E
6.2 Flat belt (Front of the Machine)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the belt cover.
DRY80_F0042E.ai
#1
2-TP4x8
Cover
(2) Remove the jam removing handle.
DRY80_F0047E.ai
#1
2-BR3x8
Handle
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-66
MC-66006-272-01E
(3) Remove the flat belt located on the front side of the equipment.
DRY60_F0110E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6 Tension arm
#1
Spring
Belt
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The flat belt has a front and back side.
When attaching it to the pulley, place the marked side out.
DRY60_F0112E.ai
With mark
Belt
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-67
MC-67006-272-01E
6.3 Sub-Scanning Unit Entrance Roller
(1) Remove the flat belt located on the front side of the equipment.{MC:6.2_Flat belt (Front of the Machine}
(2) Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.
{MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}
(3) Remove the pulley (right).
<REMARKS>
When removing the pulley, use the pulley removing tool.
{SP:12_JIG}
By rotating the TP4x8, the pulley removing tool and pulley can be removed
together.
The pulley removing tool is not required when reinstalling the pulley.
DRY60_F0111E.ai
#1/#3
TP4x8
#2
Jig
Pully
(Left)
Pully
(Right)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-68
MC-68006-272-01E
(4) Romove the sub-scanning unit entrance roller.
DRY60_F0114E.ai
#1
TP4x8
Waveform washer
Sub-scanning unit entrance roller
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Rotate the jam removing handle and check that the sub-scanning unit entrance roller
rotates smoothly. Also check that the flat belt is not disconnected from the pulley.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-69
MC-69006-272-01E
6.4 Sub-Scanning Unit Exit Roller
(1) Remove the flat belt located on the front side of the equipment.
{MC:6.2_Flat belt (Front of the Machine}
(2) Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.
{MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}
(3) Remove the pulley (left).
<REMARKS>
When removing the pulley, use the pulley removing tool.
{SP:12_JIG}
By rotating the TP4x8, the pulley removing tool and pulley can be removed
together.
The pulley removing tool is not required when reinstalling the pulley.
DRY60_F0115E.ai
#1/#3
TP4x8
#2
Jig
Pully
(Right)
Pully
(Left)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-70
MC-70006-272-01E
(4) Romove the sub-scanning unit exit roller.
DRY60_F0116E.ai
#1
TP4x8
Sub-scanning unit exit roller
Waveform washer
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Rotate the jam removing handle and check that the sub-scanning unit exit roller
rotates smoothly. Also check that the flat belt is not disconnected from the pulley.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-71
MC-71006-272-01E
6.5 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)/ME1-DRV Board
6.5.1 Removal/Reinstallation
n Removing Procedure
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
<NOTE>
When replacing the sub-scanning motor (ME1), also replace the ME1-DRV board at
the same time.
(1) Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
{MC:6.1_Sub-Scanning unit/Upper Conveyor Unit}
(2) Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1).
DRY80_F0048E.ai
ME1
#4
2-BR3x8
#5
2-BR3x8 Mount
#3
WP3x6
#2
CN
(ME1)
#1
Clamp
ME1
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-72
MC-72006-272-01E
(3) Remove the ME1-DRV board.
DRY80_F0051E.ai
#2
2-BR3x10
ME1 Board
#1
CN3
#1
CN2
#1
CN1
1
2
O
N
SW3
DETAIL A
A
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the sub-scanning motor, ensure that the WP3x6 faces the flat
surface of the motor shaft.
DRY60_F0119E.ai
ME1
WP3x6
Flat surface
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-73
MC-73006-272-01E
6.5.2 Adjusting when Replacing Sub-Scanning Motor
If the sub-scanning motor (ME1) has been replaced, check/adjust the film conveyance
amount as follows.
(1) Print the grid pattern.
{MU:3.4 [6-5]_Grid}
(2) Measure and calculate “F” and “G” of the output film and check that it
is within the specified value.
{IN:APPENDIX1_SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM SIZE}
(3) If the measured value is out of the specified value, perform “Adjusting
Subscanner” of the PC-Utility.
{MU:3.4 [10-3]_Adjusting Subscanner}
6.6 Flat belt (Rear of the Machine)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the Pulley.
DRY60_F0121E.ai
#1
2-TP3x6 #2
WP3x6
Pulley
Waveform washer
Flange
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-74
MC-74006-272-01E
(3) Remove the flat belt located on the rear side of the equipment.
DRY60_F0124E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6
#1
Spring
Tension arm
Belt
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The flat belt has a front and back side.
When attaching it to the pulley, place the marked side out.
DRY60_F0123E.ai
With mark
Belt
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-75
MC-75006-272-01E
<NOTE>
Ensure that the WP3x6 faces the flat surface of the motor shaft.
DRY60_F0119E.ai
ME1
WP3x6
Flat surface
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Rotate the jam removing handle and check that the flywheel rotates smoothly.
Also check that the flat belt is not disconnected from the flywheel.
6.7 Flywheel
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the flat belt located on the rear side of the equipment.
{MC:6.6_Flat belt (Rear of the Machine)}
(2) Remove the Flywheel.
<REMARKS>
When removing the flywheel, use the pulley removing tool provided on the side of
the sub-scanning unit.
By rotating the TP4x8, the pulley removing tool and flywheel can be removed
together.
The pulley removing tool is not required when reinstalling the flywheel.
DRY80_F0050E.ai
#1
jig
Flywheel
#2
TP4x8
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Rotate the jam removing handle and check that the flywheel rotates smoothly.
Also check that the flat belt is not disconnected from the flywheel.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-76
MC-76006-272-01E
6.8 Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Draw the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
Draw the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit to the position where you can
access the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1) although the reference
destination below describes the removal of the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor
unit.
{MC:6.1_Sub-Scanning unit/Upper Conveyor Unit}
(2) Remove the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1).
DRY80_F0052E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6
SE1
#1
CN
(SED-CN24)
Sub-scanning unit/Upper conveyor unit
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-77
MC-77006-272-01E
7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT
7.1 Scanner Unit
CAUTION
• The LD/IC may damage due to static electricity. When removing/reinstalling it,
take anti-static measures by wearing a wrist band, etc.
• Do not remove the upper cover of the scanner unit.
• Do not place your finger inside the laser beam window (at the bottom of the
scanner unit).
• Handle the optical unit gently, making sure not to subject it to shock.
7.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.
{MC:6.1_Sub-scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit}
(2) Remove the scanner unit.
<NOTE>
As the positioning part shown below is mounted accurately by tool, never
attempt to loosen the screws nor remove it even if not painted in red.
DRY80_F0053E.ai
CHECK
CHECK
#1
[Remove]
2-BR4x12
Washer(x2)
#1
[Remove]
2-BR4x12
Positioning parts
Scanner unit
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-78
MC-78006-272-01E
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of the removing procedure.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
When pushing the scanner unit against the positioning parts, push gently
without subjecting it to shock.
DRY80_F0054E.ai
#1
[Secure
temporarily]
2-BR4x12
#3
[Tinhten]
2-BR4x12
#2
[Push]
Scanner unit
#2
[Push]
Scanner unit
#1
[Secure
temporarily]
2-BR4x12
Washer(x2)
#3
[Tinhten]
2-BR4x12
Scanner unit
n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• Make sure that there is no gap between the scanner unit and the positioning parts.
• Make sure that the connectors are connected properly.
7.1.2 Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit
If the scanner unit has been replaced, the data in the scanner unit data FD or CD-R
provided with the scanner unit needs to be sent to the equipment.
(1) Turn ON the power of the equipment.
(2) Start the PC-Utility.
{MU:3.2_Flow of PC-Utility Operation}
(3) Backup the equipment data in the PC for servicing (or settings-
changeable models).
{MU:3.4 [2]_Transfer Indv. Data}
(4) Loadthe scanner data FD or CD-R into the FD drive or CD-ROM drive
of the PC for servicing (or settings-changeable model), and copy the
file in the FD or CD-R to the “Indv” folder (“Any drive letter”:\Program
Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIX EDGE\Printers\Establish name_Printer
Name\Indv).
(5) When using CD-R, as files copied from CD-R are for reading only,
right-click the “Indv” file, click Properties, and unselect the “Read-only”
attribute checkbox.
(6) Send the equipment data to the equipment.
(7) After sending the equipment data, reboot the equipment and start the
PC-Utility.
(8) Output the grid pattern using the PC-Utility.
{MU:3.4 [6-5]_Grid}
(9) Measure “C” of the output film and check that it is within the specified
value.
{IN:APPENDIX 1_SPECIFIED VALU FOR EACH FILM SIZE}
(10) If the measured value is out of the specified value, change the value of
“Scanning Width” of the PC-Utility.
{MU:3.4 [8-1-1]_Scanning Width}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-79
MC-79006-272-01E
(11) Measure “B” of the output film and check that it is within the specified
value.
{IN:APPENDIX 1_SPECIFIED VALU FOR EACH FILM SIZE}
(12) If the measured value is out of the specified value, change the value of
“Scanning Position”.
{MU:3.4 [8-1-2]_Scanning Position}
(13) Perform automatic density correction.
{MU:3.4 [7-1]_Auto F.D.C.}
(14) Check the film density.
{MU:3.4 [7-2]_Check Density}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-80
MC-80006-272-01E
8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT
8.1 Film Cooling Section
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the operation panel.
{MC:1.14_Operation Panel}
(2) Remove the film cooling section.
DRY80_F0056E.ai
#4
4-TP3x6
#2
TP3x6
#1
CN
(THG5)
Film cooling
section
#3
Edge saddle
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n Engagement Adjustment of Film Cooling Section Drive
Transmission Gear
When removing the bracket or when loosening the fixing screw for the film cooling
section drive transmission gear, perform the following steps to adjust the backlash
between the gears.
(1) Loosen the fixing screws of the film cooling section drive transmission
gear.
(2) Obtain an appropriate backlash (clearance) between the film cooling
section drive transmission gear and the heat development unit large
gear shown in the figure.
DRY80_F0057E.ai
#2
[Secure]
Backlash
Heat development
unit large gear
Film cooling section
drive transmission gear
#1
[Loosen]
#3
[Tinghten]
Fixing screw
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-81
MC-81006-272-01E
8.2 Heat Development Rack Assembly
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the film cooling section.
{MC:8.1_Film Cooling Section}
(2) Remove the heat development cover.
DRY60_F0128E.ai
#1
2-TP3x6
Cover
(3) Remove the bracket for the harness of the heat development unit.
DRY80_F0058E.ai
#4
4-TP3x6
#1
Connector (FANG1)
#3
Edge saddle
#2
Clamp x2 Blacket
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-82
MC-82006-272-01E
(4) Remove the parts from the vicinity of the heat development unit rack
assembly.
DRY80_F0059E.ai
#1
2-TP3x6
#4
BR3x6
Blacket
Grounding wire
Blacket
#2
CN(THG3-4)
#3
BR3x6
Grounding
wire
#5
CN(HTD02)
#5
CN(HTD03)
#6
Clampx3
#6
Clamp
#2
CN
(THG1-2)
(5) Remove the heat development rack assembly.
<NOTE>
When removing the heat development rack assembly, do not remove the pins
on the left and right sides inadvertently. Doing so separates the heater assembly
from the roller assembly.
DRY60_F0131E.ai
Pin
Pin
DRY80_F0063E.ai
Rack assembly
(2nd rack)
Rack assembly
(1nd rack)
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-83
MC-83006-272-01E
8.3 Heat Development Roller
n Removing Procedure
CAUTION
The heater assembly inside the heat development rack assembly is very hot
immediately after the equipment is powered off. When servicing the inside of
the heat development rack assembly, wait at least approximately 60 minutes (until
the hot parts are sufficiently cooled down) before starting the work.
(1) Remove the heat development rack assembly.
{MC:8.2_Heat Development Rack Assembly}
(2) Remove the heat development roller.
<NOTE>
Removing the heat development roller should be performed on a flat surface
such as a desk top.
When the diabatic cover and heater assembly are removed, tilting the roller
assembly causes the roller and the bearings to fall off.
<REMARKS>
If the backside (heat plate) of the heater assembly and the heat development
roller are soiled, clean them using a cloth moistened with absolute alcohol.
DRY60_F0133E.ai
#3
PK3x10
#1
Adiabatic cover
Heater assembly
#2
Pin (long)
#2
Pin (short)
Roller assembly Bearing
Bearing
Gear
Heat development roller
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-84
MC-84006-272-01E
8.4 Thermal Protector
n Removing Procedure
CAUTION
The heater assembly inside the heat development rack assembly is very hot
immediately after the equipment is powered off. When servicing the inside of
the heat development rack assembly, wait at least approximately 60 minutes (until
the hot parts are sufficiently cooled down) before starting the work.
(1) Remove the heat development rack assembly.
{MC:8.2_Heat Development Rack Assembly}
(2) Remove the heater assembly.
<NOTE>
The removed roller assembly should be placed temporarily on a flat surface such
as a desk top.
When the diabatic cover and heater assembly are removed, tilting the roller
assembly causes the roller and the bearings to fall off.
<REMARKS>
If the backside (heat plate) of the heater assembly and the heat development
roller are soiled, clean them using a cloth moistened with absolute alcohol.
DRY60_F0134E.ai
#1
Adiabatic cover
Heater assembly
#2
Fixing pins (long)
#2
Fixing pins (short)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-85
MC-85006-272-01E
(3) Remove the thermal protector.
DRY80_F0060E.ai
#2
Connector x2
#1
Tie band
#3
2-A3x4
Thermal protector
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
• When reinstalling the thermal protector, ensure that the screw tips are not protruding
from the heat plate side (the side along which the film is conveyed).
Installing screws of the wrong length may scratch the film.
Use the following as a reference value for the screw tightening torque:
0.6Nm=6kgcm
DRY60_F0136E.ai
Screw tip
Thermal protector
Heat plate side
• The orientation in which to reinstall the thermal protector varies between the heater
assembly for the 1st rack and that for the 2nd rack. When reinstalling the thermal
protector, refer to the following figure for the installing orientation.
DRY60_F0137E.ai
<1st rack> <2nd rack>
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-86
MC-86006-272-01E
8.5 Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor
(MG1)
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the Upper left cover.
MC:1.4_Upper Left Cover}
(2) Remove the heat development unit conveysnce motor (MG1).
DRY80_F0060E.ai
#2
2-TP3x6
DETAIL AA
#1
CN (MG1)
MG1
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-87
MC-87006-272-01E
8.6 Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.
DRY60_F0138E.ai
#3
TP3x6
#1
2-TP3x6
#2
Cover
#4
Heat development unit
entrance guide
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-88
MC-88006-272-01E
8.7 Cooling Fan
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper cover.
MC:1.13_Uppe Cover}
(2) Remove the cooling fan.
DRY80_F0062E.ai
#3
2-BR3x22
#1
CN(FANG1)
#2
Clamp Label
Marks
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION
When installing the cooling fan, ensure that the label and marks come in the
correct direction.
If the cooling fan is installed in the wrong direction, it may damage the machine.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-89006-272-01E
MC-89
9. FILM RELEASE UNIT
9.1 Film ReleaseUnit
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper cover.
{MC:1.13_Upper Cover}
(2) Remove the film release unit cover.
DRY80_F0064E.ai
2-TP3x6
Film release
unit cover
(3) Remove the stay.
DRY80_F0065E.ai
#2
4-DT3x6
#1
Special
screw
Stay
#3
Clamp
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-90006-272-01E
MC-90
(4) Release the harness around the film release unit.
DRY80_F0090E.ai
#6
[Remove]
CN85
#1
[Remove]
CN (SJ2)
#4
[Remove]
CN (MJ1)
DETAIL A
A
(5) Remove the film release unit.
DRY80_F0066E.ai
#1
5-DT3x6
#1
[Remove]
Film release unit
#2
CN (SJ1) SJ1
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION
When reinstalling the film release unit, ensure that slack is removed from the
cables routed on or around the LED28A board or the stay. Any slack of cable
may cause film jam or other troubles.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual MC-91006-272-01E
MC-91
9.2 LED28A Board
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper cover.
{MC:1.13_Upper Cover}
(2) Remove the film pelease unit cover.
DRY80_F0064E.ai
2-TP3x6
Film release
unit cover
(3) Remove the LED28A board.
CAUTION
When servicing the LED28A board, do not apply excessive force on the screws
via the screwdriver. Pressing the screwdriver tip hard against the screws may
deform the stay, leading to scratches on the film.
DRY80_F0106E.ai
#1
2-TP3x6
LED28A
#2
CN85
Film release unit
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-92
MC-92006-272-01E
10. CONTROLLER
10.1 PSU37A / PSU31C Board Assembly
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the upper left cover.
{MC:1.4_Upper Left Cover}
(3) Remove the left shield plate.
DRY80_F0067E.ai
#1
[Loosen]
2-TP3x6
#2
[Remove]
6-TP3x6
Shield plate
(4) Disconnect the cable from the PSU31C board.
DRY80_F0068E.ai
DETAIL A
A
#1
CN1, 2, CN4-8
#2
2-Clamp
PSU31C
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-93
MC-93006-272-01E
(5) Disconnect the cable from the PSU37A board.
CAUTION
Do not remove the screw fixing the PSU37A/PSU31C board assembly. Removing
the screw may cause stray light to expose the film, resulting in an image quality
problem.
DRY80_F0069E.ai
PSU31C PSU37A
#2
CN51
#1
[Loosen]
BR3x8
Do not remove.
Additional
protective
grounding
cable
#4
[Remove]
BR3x8
Washer
CHECK
(6) Remove the PSU37A/PSU31C board assembly.
DRY80_F0070E.ai
PSU37A / PSU31C board assembly
n Connector Locations
DRY80_F0071E.ai
CN5
CN7
CN6
PSU31C
CN1
CN51
CN1PSU37A
Additional
protective
grounding
cable
CN2CN4 CN3
CN8
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n CHECK / Adjusting Procedure
Ensure that the additional protective grounding cable is securely connected.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-94
MC-94006-272-01E
10.2 PSU37A Board
CAUTION
• Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
• The PSU37A Board is equipped with a rotary dial (VR2). The rotary dialis
designed for adjustment in the factory and must not be controlled on the
market.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the PSU37A / PSU31C board assembly.
{MC:10.1_PSU37A/PSU31C Board Assembly}
(2) Remove the PSU37A board.
PSU37A
DRY80_F0072.ai
4-TP3x6
n Connector Locations
{MC:10.1_PSU37A/PSU31C Board Assembly}
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-95
MC-95006-272-01E
10.3 PSU31C Board
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the PSU37A / PSU31C board assembly.
{MC:10.1_PSU37A/PSU31C Board Assembly}
(2) Remove the PSU31C board.
DRY80_F0073.ai
PSU31C5-TP3x6
n Connector / Fuse Locations
PSU31C
DRY80_F0074.ai
CN5 CN2 CN4
CN6
CN7
CN1
CN3
CN8
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-96
MC-96006-272-01E
10.4 CPR38A Board
CAUTION
• Replace the CPU board if the lithium battery has worn out.
• Return the old CPU board to the Parts Center (factory).
• Improper replacement of the battery may result in explosion. Do not remove
or replace the lithium battery by itself.
• Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
• Make sure to follow this procedure as there is a possibility of fire or explosion
unless the above procedure is followed.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the rear shield plate.
DRY80_F0075E.ai
#1
[Loosen]
3-TP3x6
#2
[Remove]
5-TP3x6
Shield plate
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-97
MC-97006-272-01E
(3) Remove the CPR38A board.
#2
6-TP3x6
CPR38A
DRY80_F0076.ai
#1
CN1, PRN CN1-4,8,
CPU CN3-7,12-15, CPU J1
n Connector Locations
DRY80_F0077.ai
SW3
PRN CN2
PRN CN1
PRN CN3
PRN CN4PRN CN8
CN1
CPU CN5
CPU JP9
CPU CN10
CPU CN7
CPU CN16CPU J1CPU CN4 CPU CN6
CPU CN15
CPU CN13
CPU CN14
PRN JTAG2
CPU CN3
CPU JTAG1
CPU CN12
4
3
2
1
O
N
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-98
MC-98006-272-01E
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
• The connectors of CN3 and CN6 have the same shape.When mating the connectors
of CN3 and CN6, ensure that the connector number marked on the board and the
connector number affixed on the cable match.
• The female connectors of CN3 and CN6 are larger than the male connectors.
Therefore, the connectors may be mated incorrectly. When engaging the connectors
of CN3 and CN6, align the connector pins correctly as shown below.
DRY80_F0091.ai
GOOD NO GOOD NO GOOD
• When mating the connectors of CN3, CN6, and JP9, check the pin numbers
inscribed on the connectors and avoid reversing the connector orientation.
DRY80_F0092.ai
2
10
2
10
< CN3, CN6 > < CN12 >
<NOTE>
When the CPU board of this equipment connected to CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V
CL, CR-VW 674/CR-IR 355V CL, or CR-IR 346CL/CR-IR 348CL has been replaced,
there is a need to register the Mac address using the FFWakeOnLAN Utility of CR-IR
391CL/CR-IR 391V CL, CR-VW 674/CR-IR 355V CL, or CR-IR 346CL/CR-IR 348CL.
{MU:3.4 [1-1-5] _Display Mac Address}
{CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL, CR-VW 674/CR-IR 355V CL Service Manual (MC
Appendix)}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-99
MC-99006-272-01E
10.5 SSD
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the middle rear cover.
{MC:1.2_Middle Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the SSD together with the blacket.
DRY80_F0078E.ai
SSD
#1
[Remove]
SATA cable
#1
[Remove]
CN(SSD)
#2
[Remove]
Blacket
#1
[Loosen]
3-DT3x6
Do not remove.
(3) Remove the SSD from the bracket.
DRY80_F0079.ai
SSD 2-TP3x6
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-100
MC-100006-272-01E
10.6 SND28B Board
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the rear shield plate.
DRY80_F0075E.ai
#1
[Loosen]
3-TP3x6
#2
[Remove]
5-TP3x6
Shield plate
(2) Remove the SND28B Board.
DRY80_F0081.ai
#2
8-TP3x6
#1
CN1~5,19~39
SND28B
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-101
MC-101006-272-01E
n Connector Locations
DRY80_F0080.ai
CN27
CN21
CN5CN24
CN1
CN2
CN19
CN29 CN40 CN33
CN26
CN30
CN31
CN39
CN38
CN37
CN36
CN3
CN32
CN35
CN28CN22
CN34
CN23
JTAG_D
CN20
CN25
CN4
JTAG_C
JTAG_F
DIPSW1
4321
ON
8765
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The connectors of CN37 and CN38 have the same shape. When mating the
connectors of CN37 and CN38, ensure that the connector number marked on
the board and the connector number affixed on the cable match.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-102
MC-102006-272-01E
10.7 SND38C Board
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
{MC:1.1_Upper Rear Cover}
(2) Remove the SND38C Board.
DRY80_F0083.ai
#2
8-TP3x6
SND38C
#1
CN1-3,5-10,12,13,JP1
n Connector Locations
DRY80_F0082.ai
CN2
CN1
CN5
CN6
JP1
CN4
CN13
CN12
CN11
JTAG-D CN10CN8
CN14 CN9 CN3CN7
JTAG_F
DIPSW1
4321
ON
8765
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The connectors of CN5 and CN6 have the same shape. When mating the
connectors of CN5 and CN6, ensure that the connector number marked on the
board and the connector number affixed on the cable match.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-103
MC-103006-272-01E
10.8 HTD38A Board
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of
boards.
Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts
on the boards.
<NOTE>
When replacing the HTD38A board, relocate the heater harness (HTD04, HTD05).
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper left cover.
{MC:1.4_Upper Left Cover}
(2) Disconnect the cable from the HTD38A board.
DRY80_F0084E.ai
A
DETAIL A
#1
CN(HTD02)
#1
CN(HTD03)
#2
Clamp
#1
CN(HTD01)
HTD38A
#1
CN(HTD06)
#1
CN(HTD07)
(3) Remove the short connector for the heater.
DRY80_F0111E.ai
Short connector
#1
[Remove]
CN(HTD05)
#1
[Remove]
CN(HTD04)
(4) Remove the bracket.
DRY80_F0085.ai
#1
2-DT3x6
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-104
MC-104006-272-01E
(5) Remove the HTD38A board.
DRY80_F0087E.ai
#1
5-TP3x6
#2
Stopper x3
n Connector Locations
DRY80_F0088.ai
HTD06
HTD07
HTD01
HTD02
HTD03
HTD04
HTD05
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-105
MC-105006-272-01E
10.9 Main Power Switch
n Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper left cover.
{MC:1.4_Upper Left Cover}
(2) Remove the main power switch.
DRY80_F0089E.ai
#1
[Push]x4 #2
[Remove]
LOAD2(WHT)
#2
[Remove]
LOAD1(BLK)
#2
[Remove]
LINE2(WHT)
#2
[Remove]
LINE1(BLK)
CHECK
n Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
n CHECK / Adjusting Procedure
• Be sure to install the main power switch so that the ON mark ( I ) comes to the
upper side.
• When connecting the main power switch to the connectors, check the
combination between the cable color and the signal name described on the
cable.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-106
MC-106006-272-01E
11. Sorter
11.1 Sorter/Top Cover for the Sorter
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the bin.
<NOTE>
- Remove the upper bin (bin 3) first.
DRY80_F0150E.ai
#1
[Remove]
Binx3
#2
[Remove]
2-TP3x6
(2) Open the sorter right cover, and remove the sorter rear cover.
DRY80_F0151E.ai
#2
TP3x6
#1
[Open]
(3) Remove the sorter upper cover.
DRY80_F0152.ai
2-TP3x6
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-107
MC-107006-272-01E
(4) Remove the sorter front cover.
DRY80_F0153E.ai
#1
[Remove]
TP3x6
(5) Remove the sorter lower right cover.
DRY80_F0154.ai
TP3x6
(6) Remove the sorter bin support.
DRY80_F0155.ai
2-TP3x6
(7) Remove the upper cover (left).
DRY80_F0156.ai
2-TP3x6
3-TP3x6
TP3x6
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-108
MC-108006-272-01E
(8) Remove the drive conveyance gear.
DRY80_F0165E.ai
#1
[Remove]
Drive
conveyance
gear
#2
[Remove]
TP3x6
(9) Remove the gear.
DRY80_F0158E.ai
Gear
(10) Disconnect the connectors.
DRY80_J0042E.ai
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector (CNT1)
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector (SOLT1)
#3
[Disconnect]
Connector (CNT2)
(11) Remove the sorter unit from the equipment.
DRY80_F0161.ai
2-BR4x8
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-109
MC-109006-272-01E
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
When reinstalling the gear, following the procedure below.
(1) Rotate the shaft by hand, and turn the D-cut surface on the leading
edge of the shaft to face up.
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
DRY80_F0163E.ai
A
B
#2
[Turn to face up]
D-cut surface
D-cut surface
#1
[Turn]
Shaft
(2) Remove the drive conveyance gear.
#2
[Temporarily
secure]
TP3x6
#1
[Install]
Drive
conveyance
gear
#3
[Attach]
Jig
Drive conveyance gear
Jig
DRY80_F0157E.ai
(3) Pinch the drive conveyance gear and the jig, and fix them at the
position where the half punch hits on the edge of the jig.
DRY80_F0164E.ai
#1
[Hold]
Drive
conveyance
gear
#3
[Secure]
TP3x6
<After Adjustment><Before Adjustment>
Half punch
Edge of the jig
#2
[Hit]
(4) Remove the jig, and check that the gears rotate smoothly.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-110
MC-110006-272-01E
12. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT
SOFTWARE
The main unit software is provided on CD-R. The DPX EDGE Copy Tool included in
this main unit software CD-R is required for installing the main unit software.
n Installing the Main Unit Software
Copy the main unit software in the main unit software CD-R to the FTP folder of the
PC for servicing, and install in the equipment via the network.
<REMARKS>
The main unit software can be installed from the PC for servicing connected to the
equipment.
n Types of Main Unit Software Installations
• Version upgrade:
The concerned files excluding individual data of the currently installed software are
overwritten.
• Full installation:
The concerned files including individual data of the currently installed software are
overwritten.
CAUTION
Do not perform settings, etc. of the equipment during the installation of the
main unit software.
<NOTE>
• As performing full installation will clear the individual data, the individual
data needs to be installed after completing full installation. Use the latest
individual data for installation.
• In version upgrades, individual data will be preserved.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-111
MC-111006-272-01E
12.1 Installing from the PC for Servicing
Perform full installation or version upgrading of the main unit software using the PC for
servicing. Use the main unit software copied to the FTP folder in the PC for servicing
when performing full installation or version upgrading of the equipment.
<REMARKS>
To prepare for times when the PC for servicing does not have a CD drive or the main
unit software CD-R was not brought to the place where the equipment is installed, it is
recommended that “11.1.1 Copying the Main Unit Software to the PC for servicing” is
performed beforehand at the service center or service station beforehand, etc.
12.1.1 Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing
Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for servicing,
and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.
(1) Turn ON the power of the PC for servicing.
(2) Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive.
→ “DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX EDGE Copy Tool]
window is displayed.
<REMARKS>
If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” in the
CD-R and start it.
<NOTE>
“DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” must be started from the CD-ROM drive.
“DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” may not function properly if started from a copy
on the desktop, etc.
(3) Enter the drive name into [Input drive].
(4) Click [Copy] of [CD->PC (Installation data copy from CD.)].
DRY60_F0147E.ai
#1
#2
→ The main unit software will be copied in the FTP folder (“Any drive letter”:\
Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\DPXEDGE).When completed, the
[Success.] screen appears.
(5) [OK]
(6) Click [EXIT] to close [DPX EDGE Copy Tool] window.
(7) Unload the main unit software CD-R form the CD-ROM drive.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-112
MC-112006-272-01E
12.1.2 Upgrading the Version from the PC for Servicing
(1) Copy the latest main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for
servicing.
{MC:12.1.1_Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing}
(2) Check that the preparations of the PC for servicing have been
completed.
{MU:3.1_Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing}
(3) Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which
the equipment is connected.
(4) Turn ON the power of the equipment.
(5) Connect the communication of the PC for servicing to the equipment.
{MU:3.2.2_Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)}
(6) [Upgrading] → [Execute]
DRY60_F0148E.ai#2#1
→ The main unit software is transferred (version upgrade) in the equipment.
When transferring completed, the [Command completed.] screen appears.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-113
MC-113006-272-01E
(7) End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance
tree.
→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out
from the printer. Please close this page.].
<REMARKS>
If the PC-Utility is ended by clicking , unless the pop-up blocker setting of the
browser is canceled, the logout screen will not be displayed.
{MU:3.1.1_Environment of PC for Servicing}
(8) Close the logout window.
(9) Reboot the equipment so that the software is upgraded.
(10) Check that the equipment whose software version has been upgraded
starts and operates normally.
(11) Shutdown the PC for servicing.
(12) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network
to which the equipment is connected.
12.1.3 Full Installation from the PC for Servicing
(1) Copy the latest main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for
servicing.
{MC:12.1.1_Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing}
(2) Check that the preparations of the PC for servicing have been
completed.
{MU:3.1_Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing}
(3) Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which
the equipment is connected.
(4) Turn ON the power of the equipment.
(5) Connect the communication of the PC for servicing to the equipment.
{MU:3.2.2_Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)}
(6) If the PC for servicing does not contain the latest individual data,
import the individual data from the equipment.
{MU:3.4 [2]_Transfer Indv. Data}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MC-114
MC-114006-272-01E
(7) [Full Install] → [Execute]
DRY60_F0149E.ai#2#1
→ The main unit software is transferred (full installation) in the equipment.
When transferring completed, the [Command completed.] screen appears.
(8) End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance
tree.
→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out
from the printer. Please close this page.].
<REMARKS>
If the PC-Utility is ended by clicking , unless the pop-up blocker setting of the
browser is canceled, the logout screen will not be displayed.
{MU:3.1.1_Environment of PC for Servicing}
(9) Close the logout window.
(10) Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit
software become effective.
(11) Connect the communication of the PC for servicing to the equipment.
(12) Restore the individual data saved in the PC for servicing prior to the
full installation.
{MU:3.4 [2]_Transfer Indv. Data}
<REMARKS>
The individual data restored will become effective after the equipment is
rebooted.
(13) End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance
tree.
→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out
from the printer. Please close this page.].
(14) Close the logout window.
(15) Reboot the equipment so that the individual data becomes effective.
(16) Connect the communication of the PC for servicing to the equipment.
(17) Execute [1-3-2.Set Date] of the PC-Utility to set the system date and
time.
{MU:3.4 [1-3-1]_Set Date}
(18) Execute [1-2-1.Set Rem.Films] of the PC-Utility to set the remaining
number of films.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-2]_Set Rem. Films}
(19) Check that the equipment which has been fully installed starts and
operates normally.
(20) End the PC-Utility.
(21) Shutdown the PC for servicing.
(22) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network
to which the equipment is connected.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual006-272-01E
DRYPIX 8000
SERVICE MANUAL
SERVICE MODE (MU)
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
03.16.2018 01 New Release All Pages
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-1
MU-1006-272-01E
1. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY)
The U-Utility functions are intended for both the user and service engineer.
1.1 U-Utility Menu Tree
U-Utility
[1] AUTO F.D.C.
[2] Test Pattern
[3] Unlock Tray
[4] Set Counters
[5] Transition Time
[6] Volume
[6-1] Alarm
[6-2] Key Touch Tone
[7] Automated F.D.C.
[8] Set Date/Time
[9] Check Version
[10] Remaining Films
[11] QC
[11-1] QC Test Pattern
[11-2] History
[11-2-1] Built-in Densitometer/External Densitometer
[11-2-2] Format
[11-2-3] Artifacts
[11-3] Settings
[11-3-1] Built-in Densitometer
[11-3-1-1] Auto
[11-3-1-2] Manual
[11-3-2] External Densitometer
[11-3-3] Format
[11-4] LUT
[12] Mammo. QC
A
A
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-2
MU-2006-272-01E
1.2 Starting and Ending the U-Utility
n Starting the U-Utility
Touch [UTILITY] on the “Home” screen.
DRY80_G0001E.ai
[Touch]
UTILITY button
n Ending the U-Utility
At the U-Utility main menu, touch [BACK].
DRY80_G0002E.ai
[Touch]
BACK button
1.3 Details of U-Utility Commands
[1] AUTO F.D.C.
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 24-steps pattern, and calculating 24-steps density correction
from the density data measured by the density measurement section.
<REMARKS>
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The number of prints is fixed at one.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
<REMARKS>
Multiple film trays can be selected.
2. To change the shift value (Dmax) for high density correction, select
[Dmax ↑ ↓].
[4] to [-3]
3. Check the printed results.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-3
MU-3006-272-01E
[2] Test Pattern
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing test patterns (SMPTE, 17-Steps, User Settable, Spatial
Resolution).
<NOTE>
• To print 17-Steps/User Settable/Spatial Resolution patterns on this menu, set
[17-Steps Pattern]/[User Settable]/[Spatial Resolution] to “ON” at the [Setting3]
setting of the PC-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-3-11]_Enable 17-Steps Pattern}
{MU:3.4 [1-3-12]_Enable User Settable}
{MU:3.4 [1-3-13]_Enable Spatial Resolution}
• To output the desired User Settable pattern, save the user settable images in
the equipment beforehand.
{MU:3.4_[3-6-7]_Save User Settable}
<REMARKS>
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The number of prints is fixed at one.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the test pattern.
[SMPTE]/[17-Steps]/[User Settable]/[Spatial Resolution]
2. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
3. Select the Dmax. (17-Steps pattern, Spatial Resolution pattern only)
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Only required items are displayed, and after selecting the item, printing starts by
touching the [OK] button on the upper right side of the screen.
4. Select the AE Title
[default]/[FCR-CSL]/[QC-TEST]/[MAammoQCTest]
5. Select the number of printing frames.
[1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]
6. Select the LUT number.
[LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]
7. Select the interpolation type.
[SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]
8. Select the interpolation method.
[CUBIC]/[NONE]
9. Check the printing results.
[3] Unlock Tray
<FUNCTION>
Command for clearingthe tray lock and opening the tray.
<REMARKS>
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Insert the shutter into the film tray, and select the corresponding film
tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-4
MU-4006-272-01E
[4] Set Counters
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the number of films used per film tray, and clearing this count
to zero.
<REMARKS>
• The film count per film tray is displayed in decimal 4-digits, and increased at the end
of film removal (becomes 0 after 999999).
• The total film count per film tray is displayed in decimal 8-digits, and increased at
the end of film removal (becomes 0 after 999999).
• The total film count per film tray cannot be cleared to zero.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Touch [C] next to each tray title.
2. Select [OK] or [Cancel].
3. [OK]
→ The film count of the selected tray is cleared.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[5] Transiton Time
<FUNCTION>
Set the time until the machine shifts to the power save mode.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the time until the machine shifts to the power save mode.
→[---]/[15]/[30/[45]/[60]/[75]/[90]/[105]/[120]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-5
MU-5006-272-01E
[6] Volume
[6-1] Alarm
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting alarm.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the alarm.
[ON]/[PULSE]/[OFF]
2. Select the volume.
[HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[6-2] Key Touch Tone
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting key touch tone.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the key touch tone.
[ON]/[OFF]
2. Select the volume.
[HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[7] Automated F.D.C.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting automatic density correction execution.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the timing to execute automatic density correction.
[Per film pack.]/[Per film lot No.]/[None]
<REMARKS>
• [Per film pack.] : Automatic density correction is executed when film pack is
replaced.
• [Per film lot No.] : Automatic density correction is executed when film lot
number is changed.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[8] Set Date/Time
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the system date and time.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Enter the system date and time (year/month/day/hour/minute).
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-6
MU-6006-272-01E
[9] Check Version
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the software version.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Check the software version.
[10] Remaining Films
<REMARKS>
Not selectable when MJ Mode/DJ Mode is turned on through PC-Utility.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the number of films remaining.
<OPERATION>
1. Select the film tray.
2. Change the number of films remaining.
3. Select [OK] or [Canncel].
4. [OK]
→ The number of films remaining of the tray selected changes.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[11] QC
<NOTE>
To execute this menu, there is a need to set [QC] to “ON” using the PC-Utility
beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-4]_Enable QC}
[11-1] QC Test Pattern
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing test patterns and displaying/saving density values measured by
the built-in densitometer of the equipment.
<OPERATIONS>
1. [QC TEST PATTERN]
2. Select the film tray.
[TRAY 1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
3. [OK]
→ The QC test pattern is printed, and the measured density values are displayed
on the operation panel.
4. Select [SAVE]/[BACK].
• [SAVE] : The measured results are saved, and return to the QC main
menu window.
• [BACK] : The measured results are not saved, and return to the QC main
menu window.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-7
MU-7006-272-01E
[11-2] History
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the QC measurement results, and correcting these results
based on the printed QC test pattern.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Execute “[11-1] QC Test Pattern”.
2. [History]
3. Select data, and select [Detail]/[DELETE].
• [Detail] : Details of [Result in detail] of the selected data are displayed.
For [Result: FAIL], the background will be displayed in red.
• [DELETE] : The data selected is deleted.
4. If [Datail] is selected, set [11-2-1_Built-in Densitometer/External
Densitometer], [11-2-2_Format], and [11-2-3_Artifacts].
[11-2-1] Built-in Densitometer/External Densitometer
<OPERATIONS>
1. Measure “Density 0” to “Density 3” of the QC test pattern using the
external densitometer.
2. Enter the 100 times values of “Density 0” measured using the external
densitometer.
3. Enter the 100 times values of “Density 1” measured using the external
densitometer.
4. Enter the 100 times values of “Density 2” measured using the external
densitometer.
5. Enter the 100 times values of “Density 3” measured using the external
densitometer.
6. [OK]
→ The measured values of the external densitometer set are displayed at the
[Result in detail] window. If these new values exceed the established criteria,
the background is displayed in red.
<NOTE>
To use “Density 4”, there is a need to set “Density 4” to “Enable” using the
PC-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-6]_Printing Dmax}
[11-2-2] Format
<OPERATIONS>
1. Measure [Format A] and [Format B] of the QC test pattern.
2. Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format A] measured.
3. Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format B] measured.
4. [OK]
→ The measured values of the external densitometer set are displayed at the
[Result in detail] window. If these new values exceed the established criteria,
the background is displayed in red.
[11-2-3] Artifacts
<OPERATIONS>
1. Visually check the QC test pattern for artifact.
2. Select [ARTIFACT].
[(blank)]/[PASS]/[FAIL]
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-8
MU-8006-272-01E
[11-3] Settings
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the baseline values and established criteria, at [Built-in
Densitometer], [External Densitometer], and [Format] for each film tray.
[11-3-1] Built-in Densitometer
[11-3-1-1] Auto
<OPERATIONS>
1. [TRAY1] → [OK]
→ Three QC test patterns are output, and the average density is displayed.
2. Select [SAVE]/[CANCEL].
• [SAVE] : The output results are stored and return to the [Built-in
Densitometer] screen.
• [CANCEL] : The output results are not stored and return to the [Built-in
Densitometer] screen.
3. Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].
[11-3-1-2] Manual
<OPERATIONS>
1. [TRAY 1]
2. [DENSITY 0]
3. Enter the 100 times value of the baseline values of density 0.
4. Enter the 100 times value of the established criteria of density 0.
5. Perform the above procedure for [DENSITY 1], [DENSITY 2] and
[DENSITY 3].
6. Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].
<NOTE>
To use “Density 4”, there is a need to set “Density 4” to “Enable” using the
PC-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-6]_Printing Dmax}
[11-3-2] External Densitometer
<OPERATIONS>
1. [TRAY 1]
2. [DENSITY 0]
3. Enter the 100 times value of the baseline values of density 0.
4. Enter the 100 times value of the established criteria of density 0.
5. Perform the above procedure for [DENSITY 1], [DENSITY 2] and
[DENSITY 3].
6. Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].
<NOTE>
To use “Density 4”, there is a need to set “Density 4” to “Enable” using the
PC-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-6]_Printing Dmax}
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-9
MU-9006-272-01E
[11-3-3] Format
1. [TRAY 1]
2. [FORMAT A]
3. Enter the 10 times value of the baseline values of format A.
4. Enter the 10 times value of the established criteria of format A.
5. Perform the above procedure for [FORMAT B].
6. Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].
<REMARKS>
Format baseline values by film size (Allowable range: 5%)
35x43 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 406.0 mm
28x35 cm: FormatA; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
26x36 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
25x30 cm: Format A; 202.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
20x25 cm: Format A; 156.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
[11-4] LUT
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the AE title.
[default]/[FCR-CSL]/[QC-TEST]/[MAammoQCTest]
3. Select the LUT number (1 to 8).
4. [OK]
→ The LUT number of the selected tray is set.
[12] Mammo. QC
<FUNCTION>
Command for outputting the pattern for Mammo QC.
<NOTE>
• To execute this menu, there is a need to set the Mammo QC function to “OK”
using the PC-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-2-9]_Enable MammoQC}
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the test pattern.
[TG18-QC]/ [TG18-PQC]/ [TG18-PQC(HIGH)]/ [TG18-UN80]/ [TG18-UN10]/
[TG18-UNL80]/ [TG18-UNL10]/ [17-Steps]/ [Grid]/ [Spatial Resolution]
<REMARKS>
• [TG18-PQC] : 10 pix/mm, no enlargement/reduction
• [TG18-PQC(HIGH)] : 20 pix/mm, no enlargement/reduction
• [Spatial Resolution] : No enlargement/reduction
2. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY 3]
<NOTE>
Limit the output size of [TG18-QC] and [17-Steps] to 28x35 cm, 26x36 cm,
25x30 cm, or 20x25 cm size because an output in 35x43 cm size does not
have sufficient density in its maximum density area (Dmax 3.6).
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-10
MU-10006-272-01E
3. Select the [LUT].
<REMARKS>
• The LUT number should be selected only when the following is selected:
[TG18-QC]/ [TG18-PQC]/ [TG18-PQC(HIGH)]/ [TG18-UN80]/ [TG18-UN10]/
[TG18-UNL80]/ [TG18-UNL10]
• For [17-Steps]/[Grid]/[Spatial Resolution], the film is output in Dmax=3.6 and
Dmin=0.2, without any tone processing.
4. Check the output results.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-11
MU-11006-272-01E
2. M-UTILITY (MAINTENANCE
UTILITY)
2.1 M-Utility Menu Tree
M-Utility
[1] System Config.
[1-1] Set Tray
[1-2] Set ML Dmax
[2] Error Log
[2-1] Display Error Log
[2-2] Error Log Clear
[3] Network
[3-1] Set TCP/IP
[3-1-1] IP Address
[3-1-2] SubNetMask
[3-1-3] Gateway
[3-1-4] Mac Address
[3-2] Test Network
[4] Select Language
[5] Test Pattern
[5-1] 24-Steps
[5-2] 17-Steps
[5-3] Flat
[5-4] Cleaning
[5-5] Grid
[5-6] Film out to Sorter
[5-7] Uniformity
[5-8] User Settable
[5-9] Spatial Resolution
[6] F.D.C.
[6-1] Check Density
[6-2] 24-Steps
[7] Remainig Films
[8] Check Mechanism
[8-1] Motor Operation
[8-2] Other Actuators
[8-3] Sensor Monitor
[8-4] Barcode Test
[9] Heat-Developer
[9-1] Temperature
[9-2] Fan Operation
[9-3] Power Supply Voltage
A
A
D
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-12
MU-12006-272-01E
2.2 Starting and Ending the M-Utility
n Starting the M-Utility
DRY80_G0003E.ai
#2
[Touch]
UTILITY button
#1
[Touch]
Left top of
display
n Ending the M-Utility
At the M-Utility top menu, touch the [EXIT] button on the operation panel.
<REMARKS>
• The equipment enters the following mode after M-Utility ends.
• Start from initialization mode : Initial self-diagnosis
• Start from routine mode : Returns to the routine mode after re-initialization
self-diagnosis
• Start from abnormal mode : Returns to the abnormal processing screen for
shutdown
• If mechanical parts are operated, re-initialization self-diagnosis is carried out after
M-Utility ends.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-13
MU-13006-272-01E
2.3 Details of M-Utility Commands
The 11x14 size is supported only by software version V1.5 or later of max 3-tray
models. 11x14 size related settings can only be set using M-Utility, and not with DI
Tool.
[1] System Config.
[1-1] Set Tray
<NOTE>
The 11x14(28x35cm) size is supported only by software version V1.6 or
later.
CAUTION
11 x 14 (28 x 35 cm) films of Clear base type and ML type do not exist.
When 11 x 14 (28 x 35 cm) size is selected, be sure to set Film base color to Blue
Base/HL. If Film base color is set to Clear base/HL or Blue base/ML and printed,
proper images will not be output and it may cause a wrong diagnosis.
<FUNCTION>
<INSTRUCTIONS>
10x14 and 11x14 cannot be selected together. (10x14 and 11x14 cannot be used
together on one machine.)
Command for setting film used per film tray.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the film size.
[14x17 (35x43cm)]/[14x14 (35x35cm)]/[10x14 (26x36cm) / 11x14 (28x35cm)]/
[10x12 (25x30cm)]/[8x10 (20x25cm)]
<NOTE>
・ Do not select [14x14 (35x35cm)].
・ With software version V1.5 or later of max 3-tray models, the 10x14/11x14
button will be displayed on the last page of the [1-1-2-4] Option setting
screen. Setting to 10x14 or 11x14 using this button changes the size
displayed at the Set Tray screen.
3. Select the film base color.
[DI-ML]/[DI-HL]/[DI-HLC]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-14
MU-14006-272-01E
[1-2] Set ML Dmax
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to print by tone type (Dmax) of the images sent when
DI-ML film is loaded.
<REMARKS>
These settings apply to all trays.
<DEFAULT>
[Real Dmax on film:3.6], [Requested Dmax less than 3.6: Reject]
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select [Real Dmax on film].
• [3.6]: When printing requests above Dmax3.6 are received, prints at Dmax3.6
on DI-ML films.
• [4.0]: When printing requests above Dmax3.6 are received, prints at Dmax4.0
on DI-ML films.
<REMARKS>
If both DI-HL films and DI-ML films of the same size are loaded and the print
request is less than Dmax3.6, printing will start from DI-HL films.
2. Select [Requested Dmax less than 3.6].
• [Accept] : If the print request is less than Dmax3.6 and there is no DI-HL
film, DI-ML film is used.
• [Reject] : If the print request is less than Dmax3.6, DI-ML film is not used.
<REMARKS>
If both DI-HL films and DI-ML films of the same size are loaded and [Reject] is
selected, the film replenish screen will be displayed when DI-HL film runs out.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[2] Error Log
[2-1] Display Error Log
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying error log list.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Display the error log list.
→ The date of occurrence, place of occurrence, error code, and detailed error code
are displayed.
[2-2] Error Log Clear
<FUNCTION>
Command for deleting error logs.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select [Error Log Clear].
2. Select [OK]/[Cancel].
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-15
MU-15006-272-01E
[3] Network
[3-1] Set TCP/IP
CAUTION
• Perform Set TCP/IP menu settings after disconnecting the network cables
(equipment side or network equipment side). Re-connect after completing
settings and rebooting the equipment.
If Set TCP/IP menu settings have been performed, the security will be
vulnerable temporarily.
• If changing the Set TCP/IP menu settings (IP address, subnet mask, gateway
address) and enabling those changes, be sure to touch [OK] on the Set TCP/
IP menu screen to end.
Touching [OK] displays the menu screen. Then, reboot the equipment, as a
result of which changes of the Set TCP/IP menu are reflected in the equipment
correctly.
• After changing the setting items of the Set TCP/IP menu, if [Back] button is
touched to end, and the equipment is rebooted, menu changes will not be
reflected in the equipment correctly.
In this case, the IP address will return to the default value set at shipment
temporarily after the equipment is rebooted, and depending on the network
environment of the installed site, IP address duplicate error may occur when
the equipment is started up.
• The network must be in the enabled state (network cable is connected, and
HUB power is ON) when the equipment is started after IP address setting.
If the network is not enabled when the equipment is started, communication
will not be possible even though the same display as normal start is
displayed. In this case, enable use of the network and then start up the
equipment again.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Confirm details suchas IP address and subnet mask with the network
administrator of the installation site.
[3-1-1] IP Address
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the IP address used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
“172.16.1.60”
<OPERATIONS>
1. Enter the IP address (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 0 to 255
• The following are not accepted.
• “0.0.0.0”
• “255.255.255.255”
• No value is entered.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-16
MU-16006-272-01E
[3-1-2] SubNetMask
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the subnet mask used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
“255.255.0.0”
<OPERATIONS>
1. Enter the subnet mask (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 0 to 255
• Out of input range if no value is input.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[3-1-3] Gateway
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the gateway address used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
None
<OPERATIONS>
1. Enter the gateway address (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 0 to 255
• Invalid input: “255.255.255.255”
• If no value is entered or “0.0.0.0” is entered, it will be taken as incomplete
setting.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[3-1-4] Mac Address
<FUNCTION>
The MAC address of the CPR board is displayed.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-17
MU-17006-272-01E
[3-2] Test Network
<FUNCTION>
Command for checking network connection with the connected equipment using Ping.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Touch the [IP Address] button.
2. Enter the IP address of the equipment to be checked. → [OK]
3. [OK]
→ The test to check network connections is executed.
If connection is normal, the following screen (example) is displayed.
DRY80_G0101.ai
[4] Select Language
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the display language of the operation panel.
<DEFAULT>
• In Japan: "Japanese"
• Outside Japan: "English"
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the display language.
[Japanese]/[English]/[German]/[French]/[Italian]/[Spanish]/[Portuguese]/
[Greek]/[CHS (Chinese, Simplified)]/[CHT (Chinese, Traditional)]/[Russian]/
[Turkish]/[Polish]/[Danish]/[Dutch]/[Czech]/[Hungarian]/[Romanian]/[Bulgarian]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-18
MU-18006-272-01E
[5] Test Pattern
[5-1] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 24-steps pattern.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
3. Check the printing results.
[5-2] 17-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 17-steps pattern.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
4. Check the printing results.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-19
MU-19006-272-01E
[5-3] Flat
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the flat pattern.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment), [Density]: 120 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
4. Enter the flat density value (1 to 399).
5. Check the printing results.
[5-4] Cleaning
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the cleaning film.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
3. Check the printing results.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-20
MU-20006-272-01E
[5-5] Grid
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the grid pattern.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
4. Check the printing results.
[5-6] Film out to Sorter
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing flat patterns and discharging to the sorter.
<NOTE>
This command can be executed only when “[1-1-2-2-1] Sorter Connection” is set
to “With Sorter”.
{MU:3.4 [1-3-2]_Sorter Connection}
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
• If the start bin number and end bin number are the same, films will be printed to the
same bin. In other cases, films will be discharged to each bin sequentially starting
from the start bin. After discharging to the last bin, films will be discharged starting
from start bin again.
• The flat pattern density is fixed at 120 and the Dmax at 3.0.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Enter the printing start bin number (1 to 4).
3. Enter the printing end bin number (1 to 4).
4. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
5. Check the printing results.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-21
MU-21006-272-01E
[5-7] Uniformity
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
<NOTE>
Select the film for the maximum main scanning width.
26 x 36 > 35 x 43 > 28 x 35 > 25 x 30 > 20 x 25 cm size
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
4. Check the printing results.
[5-8] User Settable
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing User Settable pattern (user data image).
{MU:1.3 [2]_TEST PATTERN}
<NOTE>
• To print User Settable pattern, set [User Settable] to “Enable” at the [Option]
setting of the M-Utility beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [1-3-12]_User Settable ON/OFF}
• To output the desired User Settable pattern, save the user settable images in
the equipment beforehand.
{MU:3.4 [3-6-7]_Save User Settable}
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
• The output film is printed with 8-frame images from LUT1 to LUT8 in the order of
top left to bottom right in the landscape format.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-22
MU-22006-272-01E
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the AE Title.
[default]/[DR-CSL]/[MAammoQCTest]/[QC-TEST]/[FCR-CSL]
3. Select the interpolation type.
[SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]
4. Select the interpolation method.
[CUBIC]/[NONE]
<NOTE>
If [NONE] is selected, images may be reduced according to the selected
film size.
5. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
6. Check the printing results.
[5-9] Spatial Resolution
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the spatial resolution pattern (20 pix/mm recording verification
pattern).
(MU:1.3 [2]_TEST PATTERN)
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray canbe selected and it results in an error.
• The film count set will be not preserved while the M-Utility is on.
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
4. Check the printing results.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-23
MU-23006-272-01E
[6] F.D.C.
[6-1] Check Density
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing 17-steps pattern, and displaying 17-steps data measured by the
density measurement section on the operation panel.
<REMARKS>
• The degeneration film tray can be selected and it results in an error.
• The number of prints is fixed at 1.
l Specified Values
Step Dmax 2.64 Dmax 3.0 Dmax 3.3 Dmax 3.6
1 fog fog fog fog
2 Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.
3 Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.
4 0.30±0.05 0.30±0.05 0.30±0.05 0.30±0.05
5 0.48±0.05 0.48±0.05 0.48±0.05 0.48±0.05
6 0.66±0.05 0.66±0.05 0.66±0.05 0.66±0.05
7 0.84±0.05 0.84±0.05 0.84±0.05 0.84±0.05
8 1.02±0.05 1.02±0.05 1.02±0.05 1.02±0.05
9 1.20±0.05 1.20±0.05 1.20±0.05 1.20±0.05
10 1.38±0.05 1.38±0.05 1.38±0.05 1.38±0.05
11 1.56±0.05 1.56±0.05 1.56±0.05 1.56±0.05
12 1.74±0.05 1.74±0.05 1.74±0.05 1.74±0.05
13 1.92±0.05 1.92±0.05 1.92±0.05 1.92±0.05
14 2.10±0.07 2.10±0.07 2.10±0.07 2.10±0.07
15 2.28±0.07 2.40±0.10 2.40±0.10 2.43±0.10
16 2.46±0.07 2.70±0.10 2.70±0.10 2.95±0.10
17 2.64±0.07 3.00±0.10 3.30±0.20 3.60±0.20
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
3. Check the results of execution.
The measured density of each step of the pattern is displayed.
[6-2] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the 24-steps density data on the operation panel.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-24
MU-24006-272-01E
[7] Remaining Films
<REMARKS>
Not selectable when MJ Mode/DJ Mode is turned on through PC-Utility.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the number of films remaining.
<OPERATION>
1. Select the film tray.
2. Change the number of films remaining.
3. [OK]
→ The number of films remaining of the tray selected changes.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[8] Check Mechanism
[8-1] Motor Operation
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the conveyor motor.
<REMARKS>
• Not all operations (STOP/CW/CCW) can be selected for some motors.
• The motor will not stop driving unless [STOP] or re-initialization is performed.
FPCU0302.ai
: Film conveyance direction
: Roller rotation direction in respect to the film
conveyance direction
: Operating direction of motor in CW/CCW in illustration
MG1:CW
MD1:CCW
MB12:CCW
MB22:CCW
MJ1:CW
ME1:CCW
MB32:CCW
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-25
MU-25006-272-01E
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the conveyor motor.
[MB12]/[MB22]/[MB32]/[MD1]/[ME1]/[MG1]/[MJ1]
2. Select the Action.
[STOP]/[CW]/[CCW]
3. Select the Speed. (Cannot select at ME1.)
[High Speed]/[Low Speed]
4. Check the selected operation.
[8-2] Other Actuators
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of actuators.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the actuator.
[SOLA11]/[SOLA21]/[SOLA31]/[SOLD1]/[SOLT1]/[SOLT2]/[SOLT3]
2. Select [ON] or [OFF].
3. Check the selected operations.
[8-3] Sensor Monitor
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing sensor monitoring.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Perform the sensor monitoring.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-26
MU-26006-272-01E
I/O symbol Name ON State OFF State
SA11
Film pack/shutter detection
sensor
Film pack/shutter is
present No film pack/shutterSA21
SA31
SA13
Tray lock detection sensor Tray lock is released Tray lock is not re-
leasedSA23
SA33
SB11
Suction cup arm HP detection
sensor
Suction cup arm is at
home position
Suction cup arm is not
at home positionSB21
SB31
SB12
Film surface detection sensor Suction cup is at film
surface
Film suction state is
detectedSB22
SB32
SD1 Conveyor unit entrance sen-
sor
Film is at upper con-
veyor unit entrance
Film is not at upper con-
veyor unit entrance
SD2 Conveyor unit exit sensor Film is at upper con-
veyor unit exit
Film is not at upper con-
veyor unit exit
SD3 Cleaning roller detection sen-
sor
Cleanning roller is
present Cleaning roller is absent
SD4 Stopper release detection
sensor
Stopper is at releasing
position
Stopper is not at releas-
ing position (Stopper
set)
SJ1 Film release unit entrance
sensor
Film is at film release
unit entrance
Film is not at film re-
lease unit entrance
SJ2 Film release sensor Film is at release unit
exit of the output tray
Film is not at release
unit exit of the output
tray
ST1 2nd bin film release sensor,
3rd bin film release sensor,
4th bin film release sensor
Reflection type sensor ON when film is at exit
of sorterST2
ST3
SK* Cover interlock switch A cover is open A cover is closed
SW02 All interlock switch A cover is open A cover is closed
FB01
Fuse sensor for SND28B
Fuse cut
* FB01 to FB05 be-
comes ON when
SW02 is ON.
Normal
FB02
FB03
FB04
FB05
FB06
FB07
FB08
I/O symbol Name ON State OFF State
FC01
Fuse sensor for SND38C
Fuse cut
* FC01 to FC04 be-
comes ON when
SW02 is ON.
Normal
FC02
FC03
FC04
FC08
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-27
MU-27006-272-01E
[8-4] Barcode Test
<FUNCTION>
Command for executing the barcode reader reading test and checking operations of
the barcode reader when reading errors of the barcode reader occur.
There are two barcode reader reading tests; one by setting the barcode in the film tray
and reading barcodes through the filter, and the other is reading barcodes directly by
pressing the barcode against the reading area.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
For reading tests, use the barcodes pasted on the film pack for this equipment.
<REMARKS>
Executing the barcode reading test reads the following barcode values.
<OPERATIONS>
l When setting barcode in the film tray to perform reading tests
1. Select the film tray to be tested.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. [OK]
3. Select [Unlock].
4. Pull out the film tray, and set the barcode to be tested on the film tray.
Set a used film pack or a new one.
5. Insert the film tray into the equipment and select [Lock Tray].
6. Select [OK].
After reading, check that the value displayed on the operation panel
and the barcode value used for the reading test are the same.
7. Select [OK].
→ Barcode reading ends.
l When performing reading test on the barcode reader alone
1. Select the film tray to be tested.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
2. [OK]
3. Select [Unlock].
4. Remove the film tray from the film loading unit.
5. Press the barcode to be used for the reading test against the reading
area of the barcode reader.
Press the barcode of a used film pack or a new one.
6. Select [Read Barcode].
After reading, check that the value displayed on the operation panel
and the barcode value used for the reading test are the same.
7. Select [Cancel].
→ Barcode reading ends.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-28
MU-28006-272-01E
[9] Heat-Developer
[9-1] Temperature
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing temperature monitoring of each thermistor.
<REMARKS>
The displayed temperature is ten times the value and can be displayed to the first
decimal point.
[9-2] Fan Operation
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing the ON/OFF operations of the cooling fan.
<NOTE>
• After executing fan operations, exiting the M-Utility executes re-initialization
and returns normal operations of the fan.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the Action.
[ON]/[OFF]/[intermittent]
2. Check the selected operations.
[9-3] Power Supply Voltage
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the power voltage of the heater.
<NOTE>
• When changing this setting, relocate the voltage switching cable on the heater
circuit board at the same time with the one that supports the corresponding
voltage.
• If the wrong voltage is set, the equipment may set into the Ready state earlier
or later than expected, resultingin change in recording density for the first
few films immediately after Ready.
<REMARKS>
This equipment performs heat development control by changing the pulse width of the
heater ON time according to the voltage selected.
<OPERATIONS>
1. Select the input power voltage.
[100V]/[110V]/[120V]/[200V]/[220V]/[230V]/[240V]
2. Select [OK]/[Cancel].
• [OK] : The power voltage selected is set.
• [Cancel] : The power voltage selected is not set and returns to the previous
screen.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-29
MU-29006-272-01E
3. PC-UTILITY
PC-Utility is used for changing the settings of the equipment by directly accessing
setup files in the equipment and editing them using FTP communication as interface.
Edit this setup file on the browser of the PC for servicing .
{MD:1.1_Functions of Equipment}
3.1 Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing
In order to use the PC-Utility, the Service Center or Service Station, etc. must first set
the directory of the FTP site.
<NOTE>
The 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T straight cable is required for
connecting the PC for servicing.
<REMARKS>
This manual describes the procedure for connecting the PC for servicing to this
equipment via the network, but it is also possible to directly connect the PC for
servicing to this equipment using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T crossing
cable.
3.1.1 Environment of PC for Servicing
l OS
Microsoft Windows 7 (32bit/64bit), Windows 8 (32bit/64bit), or Windows 7.
<REMARKS>
• Edition for Windows 7
Professional/ Ultimatel
l Accessories
CD-ROM drive
l Network Interface
Ethernet port should be usable.
l External Connecting Device
CD-ROM drive
l Browser
Internet Explorer 11 should be installed.
<NOTE>
When any pop-up blocker tool such as Google Toolbar is installed, the pop-up
blocker feature must be disabled.
l Others
The FTP of the Internet Information Service should be operating.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-30
MU-30006-272-01E
3.1.2 Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing
l Setting a Windows Account for the PC for Servicing
The userrname and password should be registered.
• User: dryprinter
• Password: fujifilm
• Access permission: Administrator
<REMARKS>
The above are already set and need not be set for PCs for servicing using DI Tools for
FUJIFILM imager equipment other than this equipment.
l Setting the FTP Site Directory
The FTP site directory should be set as follows
“Any drive letter”:\Program Files\fujifilm\DRYPIX”
3.1.3 Creating the Data Storage Folder
Create the storage folder for various data of the equipment.
1. Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive of the PC for
servicing.
→ The “DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX EDGE Copy Tool]
window is displayed.
<REMARKS>
If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXEDGCopyTool.exe” in the
CD-R and start it.
2. Enter the FTP site root directory at [Input drive of FTP-Home].
3. Enter [Establish name] and [Printer host name].
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-31
MU-31006-272-01E
4. [Make]
DRY60_G0002.ai
#1
#2#3 #4
→ Data strage folder is created and the [Success.] screen appears.
<REMARKS>
• Data strage folder:
“Any drive letter”:\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIXEDGE\Printers\
Establish name_Printer name
• The data storage folder contains the following three empty folders:
• “Indv” folder: Location for storing individual data
• “Log” folder: Location for storing log data
• “Operation” folder: Location for storing equipment operation data
5. [OK]
6. Close all windows, and unload the main unit software CD-R.
3.1.4 Settings in the Use of Windows 7 PC for Servicing
When using the Windows 7 PC for servicing, the following precautions and additional
settings are required for operating the service tool software.
n Checking installation of IIS
Ensure that [Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager] is installed by checking
[Administrative Tools] of [Control Panel].
1. Select [Control Panel] from [Start Button].
DRY60_G0061E.ai
2. Select [System and Security] on the [Control Panel] window.
DRY60_G0062E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-32
MU-32006-272-01E
3. Select [Administrative Tools] on the [System and Security] window.
[Administrative Tools].
DRY60_G0063E.ai
4. Check if [Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager] is displayed on
the [Administrative Tools] window.
{MU:3.1.4_Settings in the Use of Windows 7 PC for Servicing/■Installing
IIS}
If [Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager] is displayed,
{MU:3.1.4_Settings in the Use of Windows 7 PC for Servicing/■Setting IIS}
DRY60_G0064E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-33
MU-33006-272-01E
n Installing IIS
Install IIS from [Programs] of [Control Panel].
1. Select [Programs] from the [Control Panel] window.
DRY60_G0065E.ai
2. Select [Turn Windows features on or off] in [Programs and Features]
on the [Programs] window.
DRY60_G0066E.ai
3. Tick [FTP Service] on the [Windows Features] window.
DRY60_G0067E.ai
Wait a few moments.
DRY60_G0068E.ai
4. After the window above disappears, perform [3.1.6 Settings in the Use
of Windows 7 PC for Servicing/■Checking installation of IIS] to ensure
that IIS is installed correctly.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-34
MU-34006-272-01E
n Setting IIS
Specify the home directory for the FTP on [Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager]
of [Administrative Tools].
1. Select [Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager] on the
[Administrative Tools] window.
DRY60_G0069E.ai
2. Right click the connected PC name on the [Internet Information
Service (IIS) Manager] window and select [Add FTP Site...].
DRY60_G0070E.ai
3. Set [FTP site name] and [Physical path] on [Site Information] of the [Add
FTP Site] window and the click [Next].
<NOTE>
Select the drive in which DI Tool is installed.
e.g.) C:\Prgram Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX
D:\Prgram Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX etc.
DRY60_G0071E.ai
Enter “dryprinter”
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-35
MU-35006-272-01E
4. Select [No SSL]] on [Binding and SSL Settings] of the [Add FTP Site]
window and click [Next].
5. Tick [Basic] of [Authentication] on the [Add FTP Site] window and
select [Specified users] of [Allow access to:]. After entering [dryprinter],
elect [Read] and [Write] of [Permissions] and click [Finish].
DRY60_G0073E.ai
n Setting Firewall
1. Start [Windows Firewall with Advanced Security] from [Administrative
Tools].
DRY60_G0074E.ai
2. Select [Inbound Rules] from left click menu on the [Windows Firewall
with Advanced Security] window and right click [FTP Server (FTP
Traffic-In)] to select [Enable Rule].
DRY60_G0075E.ai
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-36
MU-36006-272-01E
3. Right click [FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffic-In)] and select
[Enable Rule].
DRY60_G0076E.ai
4. Restart the PC.
3.2 Flow of PC-Utility Operations
3.2.1 Connecting PC for Servicing to the Network
Connect PC for servicing to the network. (When using the PC for servicing)
1. Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which
the equipment is connected.
DRYPIX 8000 Service Manual
MU-37
MU-37006-272-01E
3.2.2 Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)
Connect the communication of the PC for servicing to the equipment.
1. Turn ON the power of the equipment.
2. Start Internet Explorer on the PC for servicing.
3. Enter the following address in the address bar, and then press the
<ENTER> key on the key board.
http://“default IP address of this equipment:”20051/USER/Login.htm
<NOTE>
When entering the address, discriminate between upper and lower cases.
<REMARKS>
When the IP address is the factory default value, the URL is as follows:
http://172.16.1.60:20051/USER/Login.htm
→ The login screen is displayed.
DRY60_G0012.ai
3. Enter the following username and password, select the language
(English) and click [Login].
Login: dryprinter
Password: fujifilm